UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 


 

Form 10-K

 

FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS

PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

(Mark One)

 

 

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

or

 

 

 

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

 

 

For the transition period from           to

Commission file number: 000-50789

Digirad Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

Delaware

33-0145723

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

13950 Stowe Drive, Poway, CA

92064

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(Zip Code)

(858) 726-1600

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

None

 

None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý          No  o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  o          No  ý

 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing stock price of the Common Stock reported on the Nasdaq National Market on June 30, 2004, was approximately $136,112,286. Shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

 

The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, as of February 18, 2005 was 18,110,848.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after registrant’s fiscal year end December 31, 2004 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

 

 

 



 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION

 

FORM 10-K — ANNUAL REPORT

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1

Business

 

2

Item 2

Properties

 

34

Item 3

Legal Proceedings

 

34

Item 4

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

35

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

35

Item 6

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

37

Item 7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

38

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

46

Item 8

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

46

Item 9

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

 

46

Item 9A

Controls and Procedures

 

46

Item 9B

Other Information

 

47

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

47

Item 11

Executive Compensation

 

47

Item 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

47

Item 13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

47

Item 14

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

47

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

48

 

 

 

 

Signatures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1



 

PART I

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This report contains various forward-looking statements regarding our business, financial condition, results of operations and future plans and projects.  Forward-looking statements discuss matters that are not historical facts and can be identified by the use of words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “estimates,” “projects,” “can,” “could,” “may,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions.  In this report, for example, we make forward-looking statements regarding, among other things, our expectations about the rate of revenue growth in specific business segments and the reasons for that growth and our profitability.

 

Although these forward-looking statements reflect the good faith judgment of our management, such statements can only be based upon facts and factors currently known to us.  Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control.  As a result, our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth below under the caption “Risk Factors”.  For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  You should not unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they were made.  They give our expectations regarding the future but are not guarantees.  We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required by law.

 

Corporate Information

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, in this report the terms “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Digirad Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Digirad Imaging Solutions, Inc. and Digirad Imaging Systems, Inc. and their predecessors.

 

Item 1.   Business

 

Overview

 

We are a leader in the development, manufacture and distribution of solid-state medical imaging products and services to physician offices, hospitals and imaging centers for the detection of cardiovascular disease and other medical conditions. We designed and commercialized the first solid-state gamma camera. Our initial focus is the nuclear cardiology imaging market.  We believe this market segment generates revenue of approximately $10 billion annually in the United States. Our target markets are primarily physician practices and outpatient clinics, which we believe constitute approximately 25% of this total market, or $2.5 billion.

 

By utilizing solid-state technology rather than bulky vacuum tubes, we believe that our imaging systems maintain image quality while offering significant advantages, including mobility through reduced size and weight, enhanced operability and reliability, and improved patient comfort and utilization. Due to size and other limitations of vacuum tube cameras, nuclear imaging has traditionally been confined to dedicated and customized space within a hospital or imaging center. The size and mobility of our imaging systems enable us to deliver nuclear imaging procedures in a wide range of clinical settings—physician offices, outpatient clinics or within multiple departments in a hospital.

 

We sell our imaging systems to physicians, outpatient clinics and hospitals. In addition, through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Digirad Imaging Solutions, Inc. and Digirad Imaging Systems, Inc., which we refer to collectively as DIS, we also offer a comprehensive and mobile imaging leasing and services program, called FlexImaging ® , for physicians who wish to perform nuclear cardiology imaging procedures in their offices but do not have the patient volume, capital or resources to justify purchasing a gamma camera. DIS provides physician customers with an imaging system, certified personnel, required licensure and other support for the performance of nuclear imaging procedures under the supervision of our physician customers. Physicians enter into annual contracts for imaging services delivered on a per-day basis. DIS currently operates 31 regional hubs or sites and performs services in 18 states and the District of Columbia.

 

Our unique dual sales and leasing distribution model offers physicians, clinics and hospitals versatile delivery options that appeal to medical establishments of all sizes, capabilities and imaging expertise.  All of our imaging systems feature reduced size and weight and, with the advent of our new Cardius™-3 dedicated cardiac triple-head camera, physicians can now choose among single, dual or triple-head cameras in order to accommodate their practices’ speed and throughput needs.  The flexibility of our products and our DIS leasing service allows cardiologists to provide nuclear imaging procedures in their offices to patients that they historically had to refer to hospitals or imaging centers. As a result, we provide physicians with more control over the diagnosis and treatment of their patients and enable physicians to retain revenue from procedures that would otherwise be referred elsewhere.

 

2



 

Nuclear imaging is a clinical diagnostic tool that has been in use for over 40 years with reimbursement codes established since 1971. According to industry sources, 18.4 million nuclear imaging procedures were performed in the United States in 2003, of which 10.2 million procedures were cardiac applications, a volume that is expected to grow approximately 8% in 2005. We believe the growth in nuclear cardiology imaging will be driven by an increase in coronary heart disease resulting from the aging of baby boomers and the record rate of obesity and diabetes in all age groups.  We estimate that the 2004 growth rate for nuclear cardiology procedures performed in physician offices was approximately 15%, and that the growth rate in hospitals was approximately 4%.  Although these growth rates have slowed considerably in the last two years, we believe that our imaging systems’ small size, mobility, and ability to accommodate physicians’ varying speed and throughput needs offer us significant competitive advantages in capitalizing on this shift in delivery of nuclear cardiology imaging services from hospitals to physician offices.

 

The target market for our products and services is the approximately 30,000 cardiologists in the United States that perform or could perform nuclear cardiology procedures. To date, we have sold or provided imaging services through DIS to approximately 600 physicians, or approximately 2% of the cardiologists.  In 2004, DIS performed over 89,000 patient procedures, which constitutes approximately 1% of the cardiac nuclear imaging procedures we estimate were performed in the United States that year.

 

We sold our first gamma camera in March 2000 and we established DIS in September 2000.  In fiscal 2004, we had consolidated revenues of $68.1 million and net income of $0.2 million.  We had consolidated revenues of $56.2 million and net losses of $1.7 million in fiscal 2003, and consolidated revenues of $41.5 million and net losses of $12.8 million in fiscal 2002. Revenue from DIS and from our camera sales constituted 65% and 35%, respectively, of our 2004 consolidated revenues, 62% and 38%, respectively, of our 2003 consolidated revenues and 55% and 45%, respectively, of our 2002 consolidated revenues. We believe DIS will continue to provide us with recurring annual contractual revenue and comprise the largest component of our consolidated revenue.

 

Market Opportunity

 

Nuclear Imaging

 

Nuclear imaging is a form of diagnostic imaging in which depictions of the internal anatomy or physiology are generated primarily through non-invasive means. Diagnostic imaging facilitates the early diagnosis of diseases and disorders, often minimizing the scope, cost and amount of care required and reducing the need for more invasive procedures. Currently, five major types of non-invasive diagnostic imaging technologies are available: x-ray; magnetic resonance imaging; computerized tomography; ultrasound; and nuclear imaging.

 

Nuclear imaging measures varying degrees of physiological activity. Physicians use the images and related clinical information to determine whether to refer patients to more invasive diagnostic or therapeutic treatments. Nuclear imaging is provided through two primary technologies: gamma cameras and dedicated positron emission tomography, or PET, machines.  The most widely used imaging acquisition technology utilizing gamma cameras is single photon emission computed tomography, or SPECT.  All of our current cardiac gamma cameras employ SPECT.

 

According to industry sources, despite the improved image quality of PET machines, gamma cameras continue to be used for a substantial majority of nuclear imaging procedures. We believe this preference is due to the lower purchase and maintenance costs, smaller physical footprint and easier service logistics of gamma cameras. In an emerging trend in oncology and, to a lesser extent, in cardiology, SPECT and PET technologies are being integrated with computed tomography, or CT, to form hybrid imaging modalities known as SPECT/CT and PET/CT.  Hybrid imaging is believed to be advantageous because it combines the anatomical image benefits of CT with the functional information offered by SPECT and PET into a single image, although hybrid systems are substantially more expensive than gamma cameras.

 

Clinical Applications for Nuclear Imaging

 

Nuclear imaging is used primarily in cardiovascular, oncological and neurological applications. Nuclear imaging involves the introduction of very low-level radioactive chemicals, called radiopharmaceuticals, into the patient’s body. The radiopharmaceuticals are specially formulated to concentrate temporarily in the specific part of the body to be studied. A system comprised of a gamma camera detector and computer is then used to detect the radiation signal emitted by the chemicals and to convert that signal into an image of the body part or organ. Nuclear imaging, in contrast to other diagnostic imaging modalities, shows not only the anatomy or structure of an organ or body part, but also its function—including blood flow, organ function, metabolic activity and biochemical activity. According to industry sources, the following nuclear imaging procedures were performed with gamma cameras in the United States in 2003:

 

                  Cardiac Applications.   Approximately 10.1 million procedures were performed in cardiology to provide diagnostic information concerning the flow of blood to, through and from the heart as well as the condition of the heart muscle.

 

3



 

                  Non-Cardiac Applications.   Approximately 8.3 million procedures were performed in oncology and organ imaging to provide diagnostic information on tumor location and size or on the condition and function of various organs.

 

Nuclear Cardiology

 

 We believe that nuclear cardiology procedures performed annually in the United States with gamma cameras generate revenue of approximately $10 billion. Our target markets are primarily physician practices and outpatient clinics, which we believe constitute approximately 25% of this total market, or $2.5 billion.  The market for gamma camera sales across all care settings in the United States within this total market is estimated to be approximately $450 million annually.

 

According to industry sources, nuclear cardiology procedures are expected to grow by approximately 8% annually through 2005.  We believe the growth of these procedures will be driven by an expected increase in coronary heart disease. According to the American Heart Association, this increase in heart disease will result from the aging of baby boomers and the record rate of obesity and diabetes in all age groups.

 

Increasingly, a nuclear cardiology procedure is the first non-invasive, diagnostic imaging procedure performed on patients with suspected heart disease. Following the imaging study, the physician will determine whether there is a need for more invasive and expensive diagnostic procedures or therapeutic treatments. These treatments may include angiography, which is an x-ray procedure by which catheters are inserted into an artery or vein to take pictures of blood vessels; angioplasty, which is a procedure by which catheters with balloon tips are used to widen narrowed arteries; or open heart surgery. Given the clinical advantages of nuclear cardiac images, many payors require patients to complete a nuclear cardiology procedure before undergoing more invasive diagnostic procedures and therapeutic treatments.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that our position as a market leader in the nuclear cardiac imaging market is a product of the following competitive strengths:

 

            Leading Solid-State Technology.   We were the first company to develop and commercialize solid-state technology for nuclear imaging applications. We have continued to introduce new products and to develop our manufacturing capability and intellectual property. We believe the mobility of our imaging systems has accelerated the shift of nuclear cardiology procedures from hospitals and imaging centers to physician offices.

 

            Mobile Applications Through Reduced Size and Weight .  Our solid-state technology has allowed us to reduce the size and weight of gamma cameras, resulting in the only in-office mobile cardiac gamma cameras on the market. Some of our cameras weigh less than 450 pounds and our imaging chairs weigh less than 350 pounds.  The imager and chair of our largest, high performance, triple-head Cardius-3 imager weigh a combined 715 pounds, and the accompanying acquisition and processing station weighs 450 pounds.  Our dedicated cardiac imagers require a floor space of only seven feet by eight feet and generally can be employed without facility renovations. As a result, our mobile imaging systems can be easily moved within a hospital or imaging facility, or by van between physician offices. In contrast, vacuum tube cameras typically weigh 2,400 to 5,000 pounds, are difficult to move and often require a dedicated room and facility renovations such as reinforced floors.

 

            Image Quality.   Digirad’s recently launched, high performance triple-head system offers high count imaging statistics in less time for optimal imaging efficiency and quality.  We believe that our mobile imaging systems produce a high-quality image despite the rigors of a mobile environment. In addition, our imaging chair places the patient in an upright position, which reduces the potential for certain types of false indications of an organ defect. Most vacuum tube cameras require patients to be imaged while lying on their backs. In this position, the diaphragm does not descend and may push other organs up against the apex of the heart, which may result in false indications. We believe that we mitigate this problem through our upright patient positioning.

 

            Enhanced Operability and Reliability.   We believe our imaging systems provide improved workflow, better power efficiency and increased reliability as compared to vacuum tube cameras.  Our gamma cameras do not require continuous power and are ready to image minutes after being turned on.  In contrast, competitive systems must be powered continuously to stabilize the temperature of multiple vacuum tubes. In addition, our solid-state technology is more mechanically durable than vacuum tubes, which are more likely to change their performance characteristics if they sustain physical shocks during transportation. The small size and light weight of our detector heads and the modular design of our cameras also facilitate repairs and upgrades in the field, which are often accomplished by delivering replacement components overnight.

 

4



 

            Improved Patient Comfort and Utilization.   We believe the upright and open architecture of our patient chair can reduce patient claustrophobia and increase patient comfort when compared to traditional vacuum tube-based imaging systems. The majority of other imaging systems require the patient to lie flat and have detector heads rotate around the patient, creating a more confining environment and potentially increasing the time it takes the patient to enter and exit the system. Depending on the patients’ physical condition, we believe the time savings available with our upright imaging may increase productivity by as much as one additional patient per day.  Additionally, with the availability of our Cardius-3 triple-head imager, clinicians have the capability to perform sub-seven minute image acquisitions for more optimized workflow, resource utilization and patient comfort.

 

            Unique Dual Distribution.   We have implemented a unique dual distribution model by offering our physician and hospital customer’s alternatives methods of using our imaging systems. We sell imaging systems to physicians and hospitals that wish to perform nuclear imaging in their facilities and manage the related service logistics. Through DIS, we also offer our FlexImaging® services to physicians and hospitals on an annual basis in flexible increments ranging from one day per month to several days per week. DIS allows physicians and hospitals to offer nuclear imaging procedures to their patients without the capital investment, certified personnel, required licensure and other logistics associated with operating a nuclear imaging site.

 

            Intellectual Property Portfolio.   We have developed an intellectual property portfolio that includes product, component and process patents covering various aspects of our imaging systems. As of December 31, 2004, we owned 23 patents issued in the United States and two patents issued internationally. We also have 14 additional patent applications pending in the United States and 24 applications pending internationally. In addition to our patent portfolio, we have developed proprietary manufacturing and business know-how and trade secrets that we believe provide us with a competitive advantage.

 

Digirad Imaging Solutions (DIS)

 

DIS offers a comprehensive and mobile imaging leasing service, called FlexImaging®, which includes an imaging system, certified personnel, required licensure and other logistics for the performance of nuclear imaging procedures under the supervision of physicians. DIS allows cardiologists to provide nuclear imaging procedures in their offices to patients they historically had to refer to hospitals or imaging centers. As a result, DIS provides physicians with more control over their patients’ diagnosis and treatment as well as incremental revenue opportunities. Physicians can tailor their nuclear imaging expenses to their practice needs and patient volumes.

 

Under our FlexImaging program, we provide a mobile camera, a state-certified nuclear medicine technologist and a certified cardiographic technician or registered nurse.  We also provide the radiopharmaceuticals, pharmaceutical stress agents and related radioactive materials licensure and supervision for radiation safety services.  All imaging procedures are administered under the physician’s supervision. In 2004, we introduced a leasing program called DigiTech TM Professional Services that allows physicians who have purchased a Digirad camera to lease all of the components of our FlexImaging program with the exception of the camera.  In the latter half of 2004, the DigiTech program was rapidly accepted by our customers and therefore constituted a higher-than-anticipated share of our overall DIS revenues at lower margins.  Recognizing the value that the DigiTech program brings to customers, we have now re-priced the program and anticipate this action to result in higher per-day revenue and margins in the future..

 

DIS currently performs services in 18 states and the District of Columbia and has over 300 contracts with physicians, most of whom are office-based cardiologists. DIS also provides leasing services to internists, hospitals and clinics. Our DIS operations use a “hub and spoke” model in which centrally located regional hubs anchor multiple van routes in the surrounding metropolitan areas. As of December 31, 2004, we had a total of 204 employees in our DIS business operating 31 hubs and sites and 71 cameras. We have invested substantial resources in developing our service infrastructure, which includes radioactive materials licensing, a staff of radiation safety officers and licensed clinicians, coordinated billing services and standardized lease agreements. We believe that our service infrastructure and know-how will support additional routes and imaging modalities in the future and will provide a significant barrier to entry to competitors.

 

DIS has policies and procedures for the handling of radioactive materials, purchasing relationships, clinical training and quality assurance that we believe maximize operational efficiency and improve customer satisfaction. We have implemented a compliance plan to help ensure adherence to applicable state and federal regulations, including Medicare regulations. We also have an active quality assurance and control program designed to optimize service and follow strict radiation safety and training programs. Our management team has developed experience in hiring and training clinical staff as well as providing quality services to our customers.

 

At our DIS hubs, technicians load the equipment, radiopharmaceuticals and other supplies onto specially equipped vans for transport to the physician’s office, where the technicians set up the equipment for the day. After quality assurance testing, and under

 

5



 

the physician’s supervision, a technician will gather patient information, inject the patient with a radiopharmaceutical and then acquire the images for review by the physician. The technicians furnish the physician with applicable paperwork and billing information for all patients and clean the utilized areas before departing.

 

As of December 31, 2004, we provided FlexImaging leasing services to all of our DIS customers under annual contracts for services delivered on a per-day basis. These contracts decrease our immediate and direct dependence on physician reimbursement. Under these agreements, physicians pay us a fixed amount for each day that they lease our equipment and personnel, and they commit to the scheduling of a minimum number of lease days during the one-year lease term. The same fixed payment amount is due for each day regardless of the number of patients seen or the reimbursement obtained by the physician. Until August 2004, we also offered a “mixed bill” option, under which we provided the technical component of our services and billed either the physician or the patient’s third party payor, including Medicare, directly, and so remained at direct reimbursement risk.  As of December 31, 2004, less than $65,000 billed directly to Medicare under the phased-out “mixed bill” option remained outstanding.

 

We believe DIS allows us to avoid the often lengthy and sometimes unpredictable sales cycle associated with capital equipment sales in a hospital or physician practice setting, and provides us with recurring contractual revenue. Occasionally, DIS customers purchase our imaging systems. Such purchases decrease our DIS revenues but increase our camera sales revenues.  In addition, because we own the product that we lease, we have at times been able to translate technical camera improvements into increased margins in our DIS business.  For example, we recently introduced the Cardius-3, our triple-head camera that features high count imaging statistics and higher patient throughput.  We believe that our mobile version of the Cardius-3 now under development, subject to its successful beta-testing in the first half of 2005 and incremental roll-out into DIS in the second half of 2005, may result in improved revenue and higher margins in DIS.

 

Our Technology

 

Conventional Vacuum Tube Technology

 

Most gamma cameras use a scintillation crystal, or scintillator, to convert the energy of a gamma ray photon into light. This light is then converted by means of a photodetector into an electrical signal which is reconstructed into a diagnostic image. Most traditional gamma cameras use a single crystal sheet as the scintillator and use vacuum tube photomultipliers as their photodetectors, which are referred to as vacuum tube photomultipliers. This basic approach has not undergone any fundamental change in over 40 years.

 

Each vacuum tube is approximately the size of a soft drink can.  Since a detector can consist of up to 60 vacuum tubes, the result is a camera with both a large detector enclosure and significant weight due to the lead shield that is required around the detector enclosure. In addition, vacuum tubes cannot be easily moved or used in a mobile environment because vibration may change the electrical properties of the tubes or break them. Further, vacuum tubes may lose their vacuum over time, resulting in reduced reliability.

 

Our Solid-State Technology

 

We introduced the first solid-state gamma cameras to the nuclear imaging market in March 2000.  In July 2003, we launched our third-generation Solidium™ detector, which improved the reliability and sensitivity of our gamma cameras as well as reducing their cost.  Our imaging systems utilize a proprietary photodetector which incorporates a silicon semiconductor, or photodiode, that detects light and converts it into an electronic signal for reconstruction into a diagnostic image. Our photodiode replaces the vacuum tubes used in traditional gamma cameras. The size and thickness of our photodiodes is approximately that of a dime, which enables us to build detector heads that are significantly smaller and lighter than the detector heads in traditional gamma cameras. Our solid-state photodiodes are durable, do not change their electrical properties as a result of vibration associated with transportation and are more reliable over time than vacuum tubes. These properties allow our imaging systems to be mobile.

 

Although photodiodes have been used for many years in varying applications, their use in gamma cameras was previously unsuccessful because performance and functionality limitations prevented the development of a commercially viable product. When a gamma ray emitted from a patient strikes a scintillator, only a very small amount of light is generated, and an even smaller electrical signal is produced in the photodiode. Traditional photodiodes were able to produce detectable electrical signals only at very low temperatures, typically less than -20° Celsius, due to the electrical noise inherent in the photodiodes. The equipment and cost required to maintain this low temperature prohibited commercialization of a photodiode-based gamma camera. Our proprietary photodiode is capable of producing these measurable small electrical signals at near room temperature, which reduces cost and improves reliability.

 

Our photodiode is packaged with our segmented scintillation crystal and readout electronics into a patented detector module. The segmented scintillation crystal allows our module to achieve higher gamma ray detection rates than the single crystal sheet used in traditional gamma cameras. We believe the improved detection rates will be useful with new molecular imaging compounds that we anticipate being introduced into the market. The entire module is designed so that it can be physically joined to other modules in

 

6



 

varying sizes and shapes, allowing for the design of large field of view and application-specific imaging systems.

 

Our Products

 

We sell a line of solid-state gamma cameras and accessories offering both general nuclear imaging and specific clinical-application imaging. In a typical nuclear cardiology procedure, the physician acquires two images from the patient, one while the patient’s heart rate is at rest and the other after the heart has been stressed. The procedure begins with the injection of a small amount of radiopharmaceutical. A patient imaged by our gamma camera sits in an imaging chair and places both arms on a shoulder-level armrest. The chair is adjusted to align the patient’s heart on the axis of the chair’s rotation.

 

Following positioning of the patient, image acquisition begins with the patient slowly rotating in front of the camera’s detector head, which has also been positioned at heart level. The duration of the acquisition is a function of the patient’s body mass, whether the test is performed with the heart at rest or under stress, the amount of radiopharmaceutical and the number of camera detectors on the system.

 

Stress images are acquired by stressing the heart, either through exercise or the use of other pharmaceuticals, and then injecting the radiopharmaceutical at the peak stress level. The difference between a resting and stress image allows the physician to determine the level of cardiac function. At the conclusion of the image acquisition process, the chair is rotated to the exit position and the patient steps out. After collecting the images, the technologist performs the image reconstruction, checks the quality of the images and further processes the images. The physician then reviews the images and determines whether more invasive diagnostic procedures or therapeutic treatments are necessary.

 

Each of our imaging systems fits into a seven foot by eight foot room, and the systems generally do not require expensive room modifications or electrical changes.  We currently offer the following products:

 

The Cardius™-3 imager is a stationary, triple-head gamma camera with an upright imaging chair designed for dedicated nuclear cardiology applications and high-procedure volumes. The Cardius-3 imager features three proprietary, third generation Solidium™ solid-state detector heads that provide high count imaging statistics, enhanced image quality and higher patient throughput.  Capable of sub-seven minute stress acquisitions, the system is well suited for high volume cardiology practices, large hospitals and busy outpatient imaging centers.  This product is the only dedicated cardiac triple-head camera currently on the market.

 

 The Cardius™-2 imager is a stationary, dual-head gamma camera with an upright imaging chair designed for dedicated nuclear cardiology applications.  The Cardius-2 features two of our proprietary Solidium detector heads with excellent image quality and workflow efficiency.  The Cardius-2 imager is well-suited for mid-sized cardiology practices and hospitals.

 

The  Cardius™-1 imager is a single-head gamma camera and patient chair designed for dedicated cardiology applications and lower procedure volumes;   can be configured as either a mobile or a stationary system.  The Cardius-1 also features our  Solidium detector and can be upgraded to a dual-head Cardius-2 by using our upgrade kit. This upgrade feature allows physicians to expand imaging volume as their practices grow and imaging needs increase.  DIS uses a mobile version of the camera, the Cardius-1M, to provide in-office imaging services to its physician customers.  We began deploying the Cardius-1M imager in lieu of the SPECTpak PLUS™ imager in mid-2004.

 

 The 2020tc imager™ is a mobile, single-head gamma camera that is compact and lightweight. The camera is used for general purpose imaging procedures taken from a single point of view, referred to as planar, ranging from bone scans to thyroid imaging. The small pixel size in our 2020 tc Imager provides improved imaging resolution over traditional planar cameras. We sell this camera to hospitals as a secondary camera to increase their capacity and flexibility to image within multiple departments using a single asset.

 

The SPECTpak PLUS   imager combines our 2020 tc imager and SPECTour  patient chair and provides both general purpose nuclear imaging and cardiology imaging, with the added flexibility of mobility. DIS® has historically used the SPECTpak PLUS imager to provide mobile imaging services to its physician customers.  Although DIS still uses the SPECTpak PLUS imager to provide mobile imaging services to some of its physician customers, beginning in 2004, all new units deployed by DIS were Cardius-1M imagers.

 

 Workstations, Connectivity and Accessories.     We offer a line of high-performance workstations equipped with multiple software options for nuclear image interpretation. We also sell connectivity between imagers from the same or different manufacturers to physicians who wish to integrate studies from multiple imagers into one single workstation or archive. In addition, we offer a line of accessories including hot lab equipment required for the use of radiopharmaceuticals, and various other supplies.

 

7



 

Business Strategy

 

We intend to continue to expand our business, improve our market position and increase our revenues and profits by pursuing the following business strategies:

 

                  Continued Innovation in Solid-State Imaging Technology.   We intend to maintain our leadership position in solid-state imaging technology and software by continuing to invest resources in research and development. We believe we can continue to improve upon our existing technology to enhance image quality, improve user experience, maximize patient throughput, lower system cost and facilitate the ease of maintenance and repairs.

 

                  Expand Our DIS Business.   We plan to expand our DIS business into several new states, add new hub locations in states in which we currently operate, and increase hub utilization with additional physician customers and routes.  We also intend to pursue cardiology opportunities for DIS in hospitals and, longer term, new clinical applications for DIS in neurology, oncology and surgery.

 

                  Increase Market Share in Camera Sales.   We believe that we can grow our market share by capitalizing on the recent trend of nuclear cardiology procedures shifting from the hospital to the physician office. We are also expanding our hospital sales and marketing efforts to capitalize on the increased demand for secondary mobile cameras.  We intend to focus our efforts on increasing our international presence once all appropriate international certifications are in place.

 

                  Drive Margin Improvements and Growth.   We plan to enhance our product margins by achieving operating efficiencies, reducing manufacturing costs and increasing product reliability. We also intend to leverage our technological advancements into improved performance and customer satisfaction in our DIS business.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

As of December 31, 2004, our direct domestic sales organization consisted of 36 sales positions, including four regional directors, 12 territory managers responsible for capital equipment sales, and 20 imaging sales professionals responsible for DIS geographic regions. We select our sales representatives based on their expertise in imaging product sales and services. Each sales representative is subject to periodic performance reviews and is required to attend periodic sales and product training. We employ sales specialists to assist territory managers with in-office or on-site camera demonstrations. We intend to increase the number of sales representatives as we launch new products and services and to increase our marketing efforts for existing products.  Our experienced marketing organization performs product development, product management, and marketing communication functions for both the service and product segments of our business.

 

We also sell our imaging systems in four states and Puerto Rico through three distributors and one independent sales agent.  We also have a distributor in Russia whose distribution arrangement is exclusive.  We select our distributors based on their expertise in imaging systems and sales coverage. These relationships provide the distributor with the right to sell our products within their sales territory, and their sales representatives typically attend the same sales and product training as our own sales representatives.  We often service our domestic customers remotely through high-speed Internet access and dial-up connections that facilitate system diagnosis without the need for field service or repair. When repair is required, our modular part replacement capability allows our field service engineers to perform field repairs that minimize customer downtime. We also employ applications specialists and a connectivity engineer to train our customers or provide technical support on the use of our products. We plan to engage outside service firms to support our international customers.

 

Manufacturing

 

We have been manufacturing our cameras since March 2000. The key components of our cameras’ mechanical and electrical systems are designed or configured by us, and include a computer (for both the camera and the stand-alone workstations), cooling systems, liquid crystal display, controller boards and a data acquisition and communication system. Our manufacturing strategy combines our internal design expertise and proprietary process technology with strategic outsourcing. The key components of our cameras’ mechanical and electrical systems are designed or configured by us. We perform subassembly and final system performance tests, packaging and labeling at our facility. We provide connectivity solutions which include consulting, configured computers and outsourced electronic image management systems. We also sell accessories which are outsourced and include printers, equipment for handling and measuring radioactive materials and software for the camera.

 

Suppliers of critical materials, components and subassemblies undergo ongoing quality certification by us. Most components used in the product are available from multiple sources; however, we do not currently maintain alternative manufacturing sources for certain components of the detector or for the imaging processing software. For those components for which we have only a single source supplier, we are currently qualifying or seeking secondary sources. We use enterprise resource planning and collaborative

 

8



 

software to increase efficiency and security in handling of material and inventory, centralizing our purchasing procedures, monitoring our inventory supplies and streamlining our billing methods. Our outsourcing strategy is targeted at companies that meet the standards of the FDA and the International Organization for Standardization, or ISO.

 

We and our third-party manufacturers are subject to the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, state regulations such as the regulations promulgated by the California Department of Health Services, and regulations promulgated by the European Union. In 2004, we completed the process of relocating and consolidating our manufacturing operations to a new facility in nearby Poway, California that has been licensed by the California Food and Drug Branch. Our facilities and the facilities of our third-party manufacturers are subject to periodic, unannounced inspections by regulatory authorities, and may undergo compliance inspections conducted by the FDA and corresponding state agencies.

 

In late 2004, we received certification to the ISO-13485 quality standard. ISO-13485 establishes a quality system tailored for medical device manufacturers and is promulgated by the ISO. ISO certification is generally required for a medical device manufacturer to distribute products in the European Union.

 

Research and Development

 

As of December 31, 2004, our research and development staff consisted of 22 employees. We have a long and extensive commitment to research and development, including an established history in developing innovative solid-state gamma cameras.

 

The following are some of the critical research and development milestones we have achieved:

 

      In March 2000, we launched the first solid-state gamma camera for medical use;

 

      In September 2002, we released the first dual-head, solid-state camera;

 

                  In July 2003, we launched our third-generation Solidium detector, which improved the reliability and sensitivity of our gamma cameras as well as reducing their cost; and

 

      In September 2004, we released the Cardius-3, the first dedicated triple-head cardiac camera.

 

We have an established core competency in the development of silicon photodiodes and related scintillator assemblies and signaling processing electronics, which are the core of our gamma cameras.

 

Our research and development efforts are primarily focused in the near term on developing further enhancements to our existing products as well as developing our next-generation products. Our objective is to increase the image quality, sensitivity and reliability of our imaging systems and their clinical and economic benefit to our physician customers and their patients.

 

Competition

 

The medical device industry, including the market for nuclear imaging systems and services, is highly competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product and service introductions and market activities of other industry participants. In selling and leasing our imaging systems, we compete against several large medical device manufacturers, including Philips Medical Systems, General Electric Healthcare, Siemens Medical Systems and Toshiba Medical Systems. All of these competitors offer a full line of imaging cameras for each diagnostic imaging technology, including x-ray, MRI, CT, ultrasound and nuclear medicine, and certain competitors have recently introduced  SPECT/CT and PET/CT hybrid imaging. The existing nuclear imaging systems sold by our competitors have been in use for a longer period of time than our products and are more widely recognized and used by physicians and hospitals for nuclear imaging. Many of our competitors and potential competitors enjoy significant competitive advantages over us, including:

 

                  significantly greater name recognition and financial, technical and marketing resources;

 

                  established relationships with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

 

                  established distribution networks;

 

                  additional lines of products and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer discounts or incentives; and

 

                  greater resources for product development, sales and marketing.

 

9



 

We are aware of certain major medical device companies that are attempting to develop solid-state gamma cameras, and we believe these efforts will continue. However, we are currently not aware of any other solid-state gamma camera used for cardiac applications that has been manufactured or is available in the market. We are aware of a privately-held company, Gamma Medica, which is currently marketing a solid-state gamma camera for breast imaging although we do not believe that this camera can be used in a cardiac application. However, we cannot assure you that Gamma Medica will not attempt to modify its existing camera for use in the cardiac segment in the future or develop another gamma camera for cardiac applications.

 

In providing our mobile leasing services, we also compete against businesses employing traditional vacuum tube cameras that must be transported in large trucks and cannot be moved in and out of physician offices. Competitive fixed-site services may require extensive or dedicated space and room renovations that result in increased start-up and ongoing costs.  In addition, we compete against a small number of physicians who have established their own mobile imaging businesses using our cameras.

 

Because of the size of the potential market, we anticipate that companies will dedicate significant resources to developing competing products and services, including a mobile leasing service. Current or future competitors may develop technologies and products that demonstrate better image quality, ease of use or mobility than our nuclear imaging systems. Our nuclear imaging systems or leasing services may be rendered obsolete or non-competitive by technological advances developed by one or more of our competitors. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner, receive adequate reimbursement and are safer, less invasive and less expensive than alternatives available for the same purpose.

 

We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

                  improved outcomes for nuclear imaging procedures;

 

                  acceptance by physicians;

 

                  ease of use, reliability and mobility;

 

                  product price;

 

                  qualification for reimbursement;

 

                  technical leadership and superiority;

 

                  effective marketing and distribution; and

 

                  speed to market.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure agreements and other measures to protect our intellectual property. We believe that in order to have a competitive advantage, we must develop and maintain the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We require our employees, consultants and advisors to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment, consulting or advisory relationships with us. We also require our employees, consultants and advisors who we expect to work on our products to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived during the work day, using our property, or which relate to our business. Despite any measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.

 

Patents

 

We have developed a patent portfolio that covers our overall products, components and processes. As of December 31, 2004, we had 23 issued U.S. patents and 38 pending patent applications, including 14 U.S. applications, 3 international Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, applications and 21 foreign applications seeking protection for selected patents in Japan, Canada and Russia. The issued and pending patents cover, among other things, aspects of solid-state radiation detectors including our photodiodes, signal processing, and system configuration. Our issued patents expire between December 23, 2014 and April 20, 2021. We have multiple patents covering unique aspects and improvements for many of our products. We have entered into a royalty-bearing license for one U.S. patent with a third party for exclusive use in nuclear imaging  (subject to certain reservation of rights by the U.S. Government).

 

In addition to our solid-state detector and photodiode technology patents, we hold specific patents for an alternative solid-state

 

10



 

method using Cadmium Zinc Telluride that we previously pursued for use in gamma cameras. While each of our patents applies to nuclear medicine, many also apply to the construction of area detectors for other types of medical imagers and imaging methods.

 

The medical device industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. Patent litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions and its outcome is uncertain. Any claim relating to infringement of patents that is successfully asserted against us may require us to pay substantial damages. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation could be costly and time consuming and would divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. Our success will also depend, in part, on our not infringing patents issued to others, including our competitors and potential competitors. If our products are found to infringe the patents of others, our development, manufacture and sale of such potential products could be severely restricted or prohibited. In addition, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies. Because of the importance of our patent portfolio to our business, we may lose market share to our competitors if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights.

 

As the number of entrants into our market increases, the possibility of a patent infringement claim against us grows. While we make an effort to ensure that our products do not infringe other parties’ patents and proprietary rights, our products and methods may be covered by U.S. patents held by our competitors. In addition, our competitors may assert that future products we may market infringe their patents.

 

Further, a patent infringement suit brought against us may force us to stop or delay developing, manufacturing or selling products that are claimed to infringe a third party’s intellectual property, unless that party grants us rights to use its intellectual property. In such cases, we may be required to obtain licenses to patents or proprietary rights of others in order to continue to commercialize our products. However, we may not be able to obtain any licenses required under any patents or proprietary rights of third parties on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain rights to the third party’s intellectual property, these rights may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we may be unable to commercialize some of our potential products or may have to cease some of our business operations as a result of patent infringement claims, which could severely harm our business.

 

Trademarks

 

As of December 31, 2004, we hold trademark registrations in the United States for the following marks: 2020 tc Imager®, CardiusSST®, Digirad®, Digirad Logo®, Digirad Imaging Solutions®, FlexImaging®, and SPECTour®.  We have trademark applications pending in the United States for the following marks: Cardius TM , DigiServ SM , DigiTech SM , Solidium TM , SeeQuanta TM , AcqSmart TM , and SPECTpak Plus TM .  We have obtained and sought trademark protection for some of these listed marks in the European Community and Japan.

 

Government Regulation

 

The healthcare industry, and thus our business, is highly dependent on a number of factors that may limit our ability to meet our obligations, a number of which are beyond our control.  These factors include, among others, (1) third party coverage and reimbursement rules and policies, and (2) healthcare fraud and abuse enforcement.  Discussed below are certain factors which could have a significant impact on our future operations and financial condition.  It is difficult to predict the effect of these factors on our operations; however, the factors described below could have a negative impact on such operations and such effect could be material.

 

Third Party Coverage and Reimbursement.

 

Healthcare providers that purchase medical devices, such as our products, generally rely on third-party payors, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs and private payors, such as indemnity insurers, employer group health insurance programs and managed care plans, to reimburse all or part of the cost of and utilization of the products.  Products are sold principally to physicians, hospitals and others that receive reimbursement for the products and services they provide.  As a result, demand for our products is dependent in part on the coverage and reimbursement policies of these payors. The manner in which reimbursement is sought and obtained for any of our products varies based upon the type of payor involved and the setting in which the product is furnished and utilized by patients.  Third party coverage and reimbursement for our products and for professional services based on utilization of our products is subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign regulation, and private payor rules and policies. Some of the pertinent laws, regulations, policies and coverage and reimbursement rules have not been definitively interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. In addition, these healthcare laws and their interpretations are subject to change without notice.

 

11



 

Medicare

 

Medicare is a federal program administered by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, formerly known as HCFA, through fiscal intermediaries and carriers.  Available to individuals age 65 or over, and certain other classes of individuals, the Medicare program provides, among other things, healthcare benefits that cover, within prescribed limits, the major costs of most medically necessary care for such individuals, subject to certain deductibles and co-payments.  The Medicare program has established guidelines for the coverage and reimbursement of certain equipment, supplies and professional services.  In general, in order to be reimbursed by Medicare, a healthcare item or service furnished to a Medicare beneficiary must be reasonable and necessary for the diagnosis or treatment of an illness or injury or to improve the functioning of a malformed body part.  The specific coverage and methodology for determining the amount of Medicare reimbursement for our products and services varies based upon, among other things, the setting in which a Medicare beneficiary received healthcare items and services.  Any changes in federal legislation, regulations, Medicare manual provisions, or other rules or policy, or the interpretation thereof, affecting Medicare coverage and reimbursement relative to our products could have a material affect on our performance.

 

DIS Lease Arrangements (Physicians)

 

Reimbursement to physicians for nuclear imaging tests is complex and subject to change.  In general, physician reimbursement consists of both a “technical component” (i.e., the actual performance of the test) and a “professional component” (i.e., the interpretation of the test, sometimes referred to as a “read” of the test). Physicians may bill for the professional component if they perform and document a bona fide interpretation. Medicare and certain other payors permit providers who perform both the technical and professional components to either bill “globally” for both components of the tests, if applicable requirements are met, or to bill for the technical component and professional component separately. In our lease model, our physician customers bill globally for both the technical and professional components of the tests. Assuming they meet certain requirements, including but not limited to adequate supervision of the non-physician personnel performing the tests, they may bill and be paid by Medicare according to the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule.

 

Under our “mixed bill” model, we provided the technical component of nuclear imaging services and billed either the physician or, if the patient was a Medicare patient, the Medicare program directly. For those services we billed directly, our Medicare payment is based on the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule and we billed the patient for any co-payment. The physician performed and billed the payor for the professional component for all patients, including the interpretation of the test. In our lease agreement model, we derive our revenues directly and only from customer physicians. In our “mixed bill” model, we derived revenues from Medicare, as well as direct billings to physicians.  We phased out our “mixed bill” model in August 2004, and, as of December 31, 2004, have less than $65,000 in accounts receivable outstanding from Medicare.

 

Services for which our customer physicians bill Medicare, and for which we billed Medicare under this “mixed bill” model, typically are reimbursed according to the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule. Medicare revises this Physician Fee Schedule on an annual basis. Under the Medicare Modernization Act, the Physician Fee Schedule payment rates for 2004 and 2005 were slightly increased. The payment methodology to physician practices for drugs were changed, and some payment rates decreased. If the amounts payable under the Physician Fee Schedule or payments for supplies decreases under prescribed payment methodologies, our physician customers may receive less revenue for the tests they perform, which may adversely affect the amount we can charge physicians who enter into new lease agreements or renew existing agreements.

 

DIS Lease Arrangements (Hospitals)

 

We also lease our cameras and personnel to hospitals.  The payment policies implemented by state and federal reimbursement programs for hospitals affect demand for our leasing services business by hospitals. Medicare generally pays for inpatient services under a prospective payment system, or PPS. Under PPS, hospitals receive a fixed amount for each Medicare patient discharge for inpatient services. Each discharge is classified into one of many diagnosis-related groups corresponding to the patient’s condition. The payment amount assigned to each diagnosis-related group reimburses the hospital for inpatient operating costs, regardless of the services actually provided. Hospital capital-related costs, including investments in depreciable equipment, also is paid under a PPS methodology. Medicare does not separately reimburse hospitals for services performed using our cameras, because payment for this service is included in the diagnosis-related group payment amount. Many state Medicaid programs and private payors have adopted comparable payment policies.

 

Medicare pays for hospital outpatient services under the outpatient prospective payment system. Under this system, services and items furnished in hospital outpatient departments are reimbursed using a pre-determined amount for each ambulatory payment classification, which groups together similar services comparable both clinically and with respect to the use of resources. Certain items and services are paid based on a fee schedule, and hospitals are reimbursed additional amounts for certain drugs, biologics and new technologies. Under the Medicare Modernization Act, revisions were made to the payment methodology for radiopharmaceuticals and drugs used with our cameras, and additional changes can be expected.  We cannot predict the extent to which the payment

 

12



 

methodology changes will have an impact on our revenue or business, if any.

 

We believe we have structured our DIS contracts so that physicians and hospitals are able to bill in this manner if they comply with the terms of the contracts and the requirements of applicable radioactive materials laws are met. However, if any of our customer physicians are deemed not to meet these conditions, payment to the affected physicians could be reduced, denied or recouped. If the failure to comply is deemed to be “knowing” and/or “willful,” as defined in federal statutes, the government could seek to impose fines or penalties under the False Claims Act and other statutes. This may require us to restructure our agreements with these physicians and/or respond to any resultant claims by physicians or the government.

 

Camera Sales

 

We currently sell cameras to physicians, physician groups or medical groups. Physicians who perform or supervise nuclear imaging procedures in their offices are reimbursed by Medicare under the Physician Fee Schedule, assuming applicable requirements are met. Physicians may also be reimbursed for independently covered supplies they use in performing these procedures. The payment policies implemented by state and federal reimbursement programs for physicians affect demand for our cameras. We also sell cameras to hospitals. The payment policies implemented by state and federal reimbursement programs for hospitals affect demand for our cameras. The same rules and regulations concerning reimbursement for inpatient and outpatient services that apply to our hospital leases also apply to our sales of cameras to hospitals.

 

Medicaid

 

The Medicaid program is a cooperative federal/state program that provides medical assistance benefits to qualifying low income and medically needy persons.  State participation in Medicaid is optional and each state is given discretion in developing and administering its own Medicaid program, subject to certain federal requirements pertaining to payment levels, eligibility criteria and minimum categories of services. The coverage, method and level of reimbursement for physician and hospital services using our products and services varies from state to state and is subject to each state’s budget restraints.

 

Private Payors

 

The scope of coverage and payment policies varies among third-party private payors.  Many non-governmental third-party private payors, including indemnity insurers, employer group health insurance programs and managed care payors, such as health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, and certain other insurers, often impose varying requirements and limitations on the ability of diagnostic test providers such as our physician and hospital customers, to receive payment directly for the services they provide. For example, some payors will not reimburse a provider of nuclear imaging services for the tests it performs unless the provider has a contract with the payor, and in many instances such payors will not enter into such contracts. On the other hand, most of these payors currently will provide reimbursement on a “global” basis to a physician who has a contract with the payor and who supervises or performs the test and provides the professional interpretation. Such payor requirements and limitations restrict the types of business models we can successfully utilize for patients covered by these payors, but currently do not preclude us from successfully implementing our lease models. However, it is possible that some of these payors will impose new requirements or limitations in the future that could adversely affect us and require us to develop new models.  Furthermore, many such payors are investigating or implementing methods for reducing healthcare costs, such as the establishment of capitated or prospective payment systems,that may affect our business.

 

We are aware of a third party payor in a geographic location currently served by us that issued guidelines prohibiting our physician customers from obtaining reimbursement for procedures they perform unless they own or lease our cameras on a full time basis. This payor is also requiring physicians to obtain accreditation or certification by either the Intersocietal Commission for the Accreditation of Nuclear Medicine Laboratories or the American College of Radiology, and to meet certain other privileging standards, to obtain reimbursement for nuclear imaging procedures.  We cannot assure you that these guidelines will be changed, or that they will not be adopted in other jurisdictions or by other third party payors, including Medicaid and private insurers.

 

Fraud and Abuse Laws

 

In addition to the foregoing third party payor coverage and reimbursement factors, other aspects of the health industry regulation may negatively affect us. We are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including among others, anti-kickback laws, false claims laws, and physician self-referral laws, all of which are referred to as “fraud and abuse laws”. Violations of these fraud and abuse laws are punishable by criminal, civil and/or administrative sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Federal and state governmental agencies are continuing heightened enforcement efforts in the healthcare industry, and whistleblower cases brought under certain of these laws are becoming more common in the healthcare industry.  Because of the far-reaching nature of these fraud and abuse laws, there can be no assurance that the occurrence of one or more violations of these laws

 

13



 

would not result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   We discuss below the fraud and abuse laws that are most relevant to our business and most frequently cited in enforcement actions.

 

Anti-Kickback Laws

 

Our operations are subject to federal and state anti-kickback laws. The Medicare/Medicaid Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits entities such as us from knowingly and willingly offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any form of remuneration (including any kickbacks, bribe or rebate) in return for the referral of items or services for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, or in return for the recommendation, arrangement, purchase, lease or order of items or services for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program. Violation of the federal anti-kickback law is a felony, punishable by criminal fines and imprisonment for up to five years or both. In addition, the Department of Health and Human Services may impose civil penalties and exclude violators from participation in federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Many states have also adopted laws similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute prohibiting payments intended to induce referrals of products or services paid by Medicaid or other nongovernmental third party payors.

 

Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry, the OIG promulgated “safe harbor” regulations protecting certain arrangements from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute, provided that all elements of an applicable safe harbor regulation are met.   The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within a safe harbor does not mean that it is illegal per se or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each element of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny and potential enforcement by government enforcement authorities such as the OIG.

 

In addition, from time to time, the OIG issues written alerts, bulletins and guidance concerning particular health industry practices potentially enforceable under the Anti-Kickback Statute or other fraud and abuse laws.  For example, in April 2003, the OIG issued a “Special Advisory Bulletin” concerning contractual joint ventures. We believe our business models, arrangements and operations are in compliance with the Anti-Kickback Statute; however, no assurance can be given that enforcement authorities or other third parties could not interpret these laws differently and assert a contrary position.

 

Physician Self-Referral Laws

 

The Ethics in Patient Referral Act of 1989, as amended, and commonly referred to as the Stark Law, prohibits physician referrals of Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for certain “designated health services” if the physician or an immediate family member has an indirect or direct financial relationship with the entity, and no statutory or regulatory exception applies. Financial relationships include an ownership interest in, or compensation arrangement with, the entity. It also prohibits an entity receiving a prohibited referral from billing and collecting for services rendered pursuant to such referral. “Designated health services” under the Stark law include inpatient and outpatient hospital services, radiology services, magnetic resonance imaging, computerized axial tomography scans, ultrasound services and outpatient prescription drugs.  CMS indicated in a final rule issued in 2001 that nuclear medicine is not included as a designated health services under the Stark Law.  CMS has also indicated that radiopharmaceuticals and pharmacological stress agents used in nuclear imaging procedures do not constitute designated health services. However, it is possible that CMS may change its interpretation in the future to include nuclear imaging and/or one or both of these supplies as designated health services under the Stark Law. Should that occur, we believe the financial relationships we have with our physician customers fall within one or more exceptions to the Stark Law. However, we cannot rule out the possibility that the government or other third parties could interpret these laws differently and assert otherwise.  Violations of the Stark Law may lead to the imposition of substantial penalties and fines, the exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, and claims under the federal False Claims Act and its whistleblower provisions (as discussed below).

 

Several states in which we operate prohibit physician self-referral arrangements through laws, regulations and interpretations that cover all patients and are not limited to Medicare and Medicaid patients. Possible sanctions for violating state physician self-referral laws vary, but may include loss of license and civil and criminal sanctions. State laws vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and, in a few states, are more restrictive than the federal Stark Law. We believe that we have structured our operations to comply with these state physician self-referral prohibition laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate. However, we cannot rule out the possibility that the government or other third parties could interpret these statutes differently and assert otherwise. In certain states in which we do not yet operate, these laws may add considerable expense to or limit altogether the types of business models we may successfully utilize.

 

Federal False Claims Act

 

The federal False Claims Act imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities who submit (or cause the submission of) false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government. Violations of the federal False Claims Act may result in penalties equal to three times the damages the government sustained, an assessment of between $5,000 and $10,000 per claim, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

 

14



 

The federal False Claims Act also allows a private individual to bring a qui tam suit on behalf of the government against an individual or entity for violations of the False Claims Act.  In a qui tam suit, the private plaintiff is responsible for initiating a lawsuit that may eventually lead to the government’s recovering money of which it was defrauded.  In return for bringing the suit on the government’s behalf, the statute provides that the private plaintiff is entitled to receive up to 30% of the recovered amount from the litigation proceeds if the litigation is successful plus reasonable expenses and attorney’s fees.  Recently, the number of qui tam suits brought against entities in the healthcare industry has increased dramatically.

 

In addition, a number of states have enacted laws modeled after the False Claims Act that allow those states to recover money which was fraudulently obtained from the state, and additional states may be expected to enact similar laws in the future.  Some of these state false claims laws adopt different standards of false claims liability.

 

The False Claims Act has been used to assert liability based on novel theories of liability. We are unable to predict whether we could be subject to actions under the False Claims Act or similar state laws, or the impact of such actions. However, the costs of defending claims under the False Claims Act or similar state laws, as well as sanctions imposed under the Act, could significantly affect our financial performance.

 

Other Fraud and Abuse Laws

 

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) created, in part, two new federal crimes: Healthcare Fraud and False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.  The Healthcare Fraud statute prohibits the knowing and willful execution of a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program.  A violation of the statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment.  The False Statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.  A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment.

 

There exist other state and federal fraud and abuse laws that may be applicable to our operations.  Any investigation, prosecution or sanction under any state or federal fraud and abuse law could have a materially adverse effect on us.

 

Compliance Program

 

The healthcare laws and fraud and abuse laws applicable to our business are complex and subject to variable interpretations. We maintain certain compliance, review, education and training and other programs to further our commitment to high standards of ethical and legal conduct and to minimize the likelihood that we would engage in conduct or enter into arrangements in violation of applicable authorities.  We implemented a compliance program in 2002 to help ensure that we remain in compliance with these laws. We have established a compliance committee consisting of senior management and legal counsel that meets regularly, established a compliance hotline that permits our personnel to report anonymously any compliance issues that may arise and instituted other safeguards intended to help prevent any violations of the applicable fraud and abuse laws and healthcare laws, and to remediate any situations that could give rise to violations. We also review our transactions and agreements, both past and present, to help assure they are compliant.

 

Like most companies with active and effective compliance programs, we occasionally discover compliance concerns. For example, in 2004, we discovered certain isolated arrangements that we entered into in good faith but that upon review by our compliance personnel, raised some compliance concerns under these laws. In accordance with our compliance program, we took immediate remedial steps. We cannot assure you that these remedial steps will insulate us from liability associated with these isolated arrangements.

 

Through our compliance efforts, we constantly strive to structure our business operations and relationships with our customers to comply with all applicable legal requirements. However, it is possible that governmental entities or other third parties could interpret these laws differently and assert non-compliance with respect to our business operations and relationships including these isolated arrangements. While there have been no claims asserted against us, if a claim were asserted and we were not to prevail, possible penalties and sanctions could have a material effect on our financial statements or our ability to conduct our operations.

 

HIPAA

 

HIPAA also establishes uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of individually identifiable health information maintained or transmitted by healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses. Since April 2003, we have been required to comply with the standards for privacy of individually identifiable health information, which restrict our use and disclosure of certain individually identifiable health information. Since October 2003, we have also been required to comply with the standards for electronic transactions, which establish standards for

 

15



 

common healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures.  We believe that we are in compliance with these standards. The security standards will require us to implement certain security measures to safeguard certain electronic health information.  In addition, by April 21, 2005, and by May 23, 2007, we must adopt unique health identifiers for use in filing and processing healthcare claims and other transactions.  Our compliance with this law may entail significant and costly changes for us. If we fail to comply with these standards, we could be subject to criminal penalties and civil sanctions.

 

In addition to federal regulations issued under HIPAA, some states have enacted privacy and security statutes or regulations that, in some cases, are more stringent than those issued under HIPAA. In those cases, it may be necessary to modify our operations and procedures to comply with the more stringent state laws, which may entail significant and costly changes for us. We believe that we are in compliance with such state laws and regulations. However, if we fail to comply with applicable state laws and regulations, we could be subject to additional sanctions.

 

Pharmaceutical Laws

 

Our lease services business involves administering and furnishing radiopharmaceuticals and pharmacological stress agents, which are regulated as drugs by state and federal agencies, including the FDA and state pharmacy boards. These agencies administer laws governing the manufacturing, sale, distribution, use, administration and prescribing of drugs, including the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, state food and drug laws and state pharmacy acts. Some of our activities may be deemed by relevant agencies to require permits or licensure under these laws that we currently do not possess. If any of these agencies deemed our activities to require such permits or licensure, we would be required to either obtain such permits or licensure, if possible, or modify the types of business models we can utilize in the affected jurisdiction(s), and could be subject to civil, criminal and/or administrative penalties. In either case, we would incur substantial expense and could encounter substantial operational burdens.

 

Radioactive Materials Laws

 

The procurement, use, transfer and storage of radioactive materials is subject to comprehensive regulation under state and federal laws. In some states, the federal Nuclear Regulatory Commission, or NRC, directly regulates such use (NRC States). In other states, a state regulatory agency performs such regulation under an agreement with the federal government (Agreement States). In both Agreement and NRC States, the use of radioactive materials requires licensure and compliance with comprehensive rules governing such licensure.

 

Because our DIS business entails the use of radiopharmaceuticals in performing nuclear medicine tests, we are required to obtain and maintain licensure under radioactive materials laws, or RAM laws, and to comply with such laws. The RAM laws require, among other things, that such materials be used by, or that their use be supervised by, individuals with specified training, expertise and credentials in the type of use in question. Such individuals are known as “authorized users.”

 

The RAM laws include specific provisions applicable to the medical use of radioactive materials. For a business such as ours, the authorized user must be a physician with training and expertise in the use of radioactive materials for diagnostic purposes. We have entered into contracts with qualified physicians in each of our regions to serve as authorized users.

 

In some states, the authorized user is required to participate in or oversee the selection of patients and the ordering of procedures and/or supplies. Some states also require that an authorized user perform an interpretation of the nuclear medicine tests. The authorized user need not be present at the customer physician’s site to perform such functions.

 

Under the RAM laws, physicians who are not licensed authorized users, but who are supervised by an authorized user on behalf of a licensed entity, are permitted to use radioactive materials under the authority of such licensure, if certain conditions are met. Because our physician customers in our lease services business are not licensees and in most cases are not qualified to serve as authorized users, they perform nuclear medicine procedures as “supervised persons.” To the extent required by applicable RAM laws, the authorized users perform some of the functions described above. For example, in states where an authorized user must perform an interpretation to satisfy RAM licensing laws, an authorized user does so. The physician customer reimburses the authorized user for doing so and also performs his or her own interpretation.

 

We believe that we have structured our operations so that they comply with applicable RAM laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, and that the manner in which we comply with these laws is also consistent with applicable Medicare requirements. However, we cannot rule out the possibility that the government or other third parties could interpret these laws differently and assert otherwise.

 

16



 

Medical Device Regulation

 

Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. FDA regulations govern, among other things, the following activities that we or our partners perform and will continue to perform:  product design and development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, and storage; recordkeeping, pre-market clearance or approval; advertising and promotion; and product sales and distribution.

 

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States will require either prior 510(k) clearance or prior pre-market approval from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes, depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness. Devices deemed to pose lower risk are placed in either class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a pre-market notification requesting permission for commercial distribution. This process is known as 510(k) clearance. Some low-risk devices are exempted from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose a greater risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or a device deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of a pre-market approval application, or PMA, are placed in class III.  Such a device is commonly referred to as a “legally marketed predicate device”.  In general, a class III device cannot be marketed in the United States unless the FDA approves the device after submission of a PMA.

 

510(k) Clearance Pathway

 

When we are required to obtain a 510(k) clearance for a device that we wish to market, we must submit a pre-market notification to the FDA demonstrating that the device is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate device   By regulation, the FDA is required to respond to a 510(k) pre-market notification within 90 days of submission of the notification. As a practical matter, clearance can take significantly longer. If the FDA determines that the device is not substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate device, the FDA will place the device into class III.

 

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in its intended use will require a new 510(k) clearance.  If the change renders the device not substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate device, a PMA may be required. The FDA requires each device manufacturer to determine itself whether a modification requires a new clearance or approval, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination that a new clearance or approval is not required for a particular modification, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained.

 

We have made and plan to continue to make additional product enhancements to our gamma cameras that we believe do not require new 510(k) clearances.  If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval for any modifications to a previously cleared product, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this clearance or approval. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

 

Pre-market Approval Pathway

 

A PMA must be submitted if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. The PMA process is much more demanding than the 510(k) pre-market notification process. A PMA must be supported by extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical information, preclinical and clinical trial data, manufacturing information, and labeling, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device.  To date, we have not been required to, and have not, submitted a PMA with respect to any of our products.

 

Clinical Trials

 

A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA and is sometimes required for a 510(k) pre-market notification. For devices presenting a significant risk, clinical trials require submission of an application for an investigational device exemption to the FDA. The investigational device exemption application must be supported by appropriate preclinical data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound.  Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the investigational device exemption application is approved by the FDA and the trial protocol, informed consent, and other trial documentation is approved by the appropriate institutional review boards for the clinical trial sites.  For non-significant risk devices, clinical trials may begin once the trial protocol, informed consent, and other trial documentation is approved by the appropriate institutional review boards for the clinical trial sites.  Our clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with FDA clinical investigation regulations. Even when clinical trials are conducted in compliance with all FDA requirements, the results of clinical testing may not be sufficient to obtain clearance or approval of the product.

 

17



 

Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation

 

After a device is placed on the market, numerous post-market regulatory requirements apply. These include:

 

                  quality system regulation, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process;

 

                  labeling regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for uses not cleared or approved and impose other restrictions on labeling; and

 

                  medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur.

 

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include: warning letters, fines, injunctions, and civil penalties; recall or seizure of our products; operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing our request for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of new products; withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals that are already granted; and criminal prosecution.

 

We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.

 

International

 

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ.

 

The primary regulatory environment in Europe is that of the European Union, which consists of 15 countries encompassing most of the major countries in Europe. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling, and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear European Compliance, or CE, conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms with the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout Europe.  The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a “notified body.” This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s product. An assessment by a notified body in one country within the European Union is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout the European Union. In 2001, we were certified by TUV Product Service, a notified body, under the European Union Medical Device Directive allowing the CE conformity marking to be applied.

 

Our current products are approved for market release by the FDA. We also received regulatory approval from the Japanese Ministry of Health in October 2000, which is similar to our FDA Establishment Registration. In March 2003, we received GOST certification, the quality and safety certification system administered by the Russian committee, Gosstandart, to distribute the 2020 tc imager and SPECTour chair in Russia.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had a total of 361 employees, of which 163 were employed in clinical and regulatory, 88 in operations, 48 in general and administrative, 40 in sales and marketing and 22 in research and development. We had a total of 204 employees in our DIS subsidiary. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our employee relations to be good.

 

Available Information

 

We make available free of charge on or through our Internet website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our Internet address is www.digirad.com .

 

18



 

Risk Factors

 

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.  You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all other information included in this annual report, including the consolidated financial statements and the related notes herein, as well as in our  other public filings, before making any investment decision regarding our stock.  If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected.  In that event, the market price of our stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

We sell our imaging systems and provide our services in a highly competitive industry, and we often compete against large, well-established competitors that have significantly greater financial resources than we have.

 

The medical device industry, including the market for imaging systems and services, is highly competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and market activities of other industry participants. Our primary competitors with respect to imaging systems include several large medical device manufacturers, including Philips Medical Systems, General Electric Healthcare, Siemens Medical Systems and Toshiba Medical Systems. All of these competitors offer a full line of imaging cameras for each diagnostic imaging technology, including x-ray, magnetic resonance imaging, computerized tomography, ultrasound and nuclear medicine. The existing imaging systems sold by our competitors have been in use for a longer time than our products and are more widely recognized and used by physicians and hospitals for nuclear imaging. Many of our competitors and potential competitors enjoy significant competitive advantages over us, including:

 

                  significantly greater name recognition and financial, technical, service and marketing resources;

 

                  established relationships with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

 

                  established distribution networks;

 

                  additional lines of products and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer discounts or incentives; and

 

                  greater resources for product development, sales and marketing.

 

The competitive nature of the nuclear imaging industry has had an impact on the price of our gamma cameras. While we anticipate demand for our gamma cameras to continue to increase, we believe these pricing pressures will continue to impact our gamma camera product revenue and gross profit.

 

We are aware of certain major medical device companies that are attempting to develop solid-state cameras and we believe these efforts will continue. In addition, we are aware of a privately-held company, Gamma Medica, which is currently marketing a solid-state gamma camera for breast imaging. We do not believe that this camera can be used in a cardiac application. However, we cannot assure you that Gamma Medica will not attempt to modify its existing camera for use in the cardiac segment in the future, or develop another gamma camera for cardiac applications. Because of the size of the potential market, we anticipate that companies will dedicate significant resources to developing competing products and services. Current or future competitors may develop technologies and products, including hybrid technologies, that demonstrate better image quality, ease of use or mobility than our imaging systems. For example, there are hybrid modalities commercially available that combine the technologies of positron emission tomography, or PET, with computed tomography, or CT, as well as others that combine single photon emission computed tomography, or SPECT, with CT technology.  Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner, receive adequate reimbursement and are less expensive than alternatives available for the same purpose. If we are unable to compete effectively against our existing and future competitors, our sales will decline and our business will be harmed.

 

In providing comprehensive mobile nuclear imaging solutions, we generally compete against small businesses employing traditional vacuum tube cameras that must be transported in large vehicles and cannot be moved in and out of physician offices.  We are also aware of a number of physicians who use Digirad cameras in small mobile imaging businesses.

 

Changes in domestic and international legislation, regulation, or coverage and reimbursement policies of third-party payors may adversely impact our ability to market and sell our products and services.

 

Physicians and hospitals purchasing and using our products rely on adequate third-party payor coverage and reimbursement to maintain their operations. Changes in domestic and international legislation, regulation or coverage and reimbursement policies of third-party payors may adversely affect the demand for our existing and future products and services and may limit our ability to

 

19



 

market and sell our products and services on a profitable basis. For example, on December 8, 2003, President Bush signed into law the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, or the Medicare Modernization Act, which contains a wide variety of changes that impact Medicare reimbursement to physicians and hospitals. We cannot predict what additional changes will be made to such legislation, regulation, or coverage and reimbursement policies, but we believe that future coverage and reimbursement may be subject to increased restrictions both in the United States and in international markets. Additionally, we cannot be certain that under prospective payment systems, or established fee schedule payment formulas, under which healthcare providers may be reimbursed a fixed amount based on the patient’s condition or the type of procedure performed, the costs of our products and services will be justified and incorporated into the overall payment for the procedure. Third-party payors continue to act to contain or reduce healthcare costs through various means, including the movement to managed care systems where healthcare providers contract to provide comprehensive healthcare for a fixed fee per patient. We are aware of a third party payor in a geographic location currently served by us that issued guidelines that prohibit our physician customers from obtaining reimbursement for procedures they perform unless they own or lease our cameras on a full time basis.  This payor is also requiring physicians to be accredited by either the Intersocietal Commission for the Accreditation of Nuclear Medicine Laboratories or by the American College of Radiology, and to meet certain other privileging standards, in order to obtain reimbursement for nuclear imaging procedures.  We cannot assure you that these guidelines will be changed, or that they will not be adopted or by other third party payors, including Medicaid and private insurers.  These continued efforts may result in third-party payors refusing to reimburse patients or healthcare providers for our imaging services or allowing only specific providers to provide imaging services. As a result, sales of our gamma cameras would suffer and we may receive pressure from our customers to terminate or otherwise modify the lease arrangements for our DIS services. Under such circumstances, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Our imaging systems and DIS services may become obsolete, and we may not be able to timely develop new products, product enhancements or services that will be accepted by the market.

 

Our nuclear imaging system and DIS services may become obsolete or unmarketable if other products or services utilizing new technologies or the development of hybrid imaging modalities, such as those combining PET and CT or SPECT and CT, or any other imaging modality, are introduced by our competitors or new industry standards emerge. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop or market new products and services, or enhancements to our existing products, or that our future products and enhancements will be accepted by our current or potential customers or the third-party payors who financially support many of the procedures performed with our products. Any of these circumstances may cause us to lose customers, disrupt our business operations and harm our product sales and services. To be successful, we will need to enhance our products or services and to design, develop and market new products that successfully respond to competitive developments, all of which efforts may be expensive and time consuming.

 

The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

 

                  properly identify and anticipate physician and patient needs;

 

                  develop new products or enhancements in a timely manner;

 

                  obtain the necessary regulatory approvals or clearances for new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;

 

                  provide adequate training to users of our products;

 

                  price our products competitively;

 

                  obtain appropriate coverage and receive adequate reimbursement notifications and respond to them in a commercially viable way;

 

                  comply with changing or new regulatory requirements; and

 

                  develop an effective marketing, sales and distribution network.

 

If we do not develop and obtain regulatory approvals or clearances for new products, services or product enhancements in time to meet market demand, or if there is insufficient demand for these products, services or enhancements, our business, financial condition and results of operations will likely suffer. In addition, even if our customers acquire new products, services or product enhancements we may offer, the revenues from any such products, services or enhancements may not be sufficient to offset the significant costs associated with offering such products, services or enhancements to customers. In addition, any announcements of new products, services or enhancements may cause customers to decline or cancel their purchasing decisions in anticipation of such products, services or enhancements.

 

20



 

If our imaging systems and DIS services are not accepted by physicians or hospitals, we may be unable to develop a sustainable, profitable business.

 

We expect that substantially all of our revenue in the foreseeable future will be derived from sales of our products in the nuclear imaging market and our leasing services offered through DIS. Our solid-state gamma cameras and DIS services represent a new approach in the nuclear imaging market. We began full commercial release of our imaging systems in March 2000 and established DIS in September 2000. Because of the recent commercial introduction of our nuclear imaging systems, we have limited product and brand recognition and our imaging systems have been used by a limited number of physicians and hospitals. Physicians and hospitals may generally be slow to adopt our products and leasing services for a number of reasons, including:

 

                  perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new technologies for nuclear imaging;

 

                  availability of reimbursement from health care payors for procedures using our system;

 

                  lack of experience with our products and services;

 

                  costs associated with the purchase or lease of our products and services;

 

                  the presence of competing products sold by companies with longer operating histories, more recognizable names and more established distribution networks;

 

                  the introduction or existence of competing products and services or technologies that may be more effective, easier to use or that produce better images;

 

                  our ability to retain our current customers;

 

                  the creation of competing mobile imaging businesses by physicians and others who may purchase mobile cameras that are part of our existing installed base of over 400 cameras; and

 

                  physician and hospital perceptions of our imaging systems as compared to those of competitors.

 

Our success in the nuclear imaging market depends on whether physicians and hospitals view our imaging systems and DIS services as effective and economically beneficial and as attractive alternatives to vacuum tube imaging systems. We also believe that recommendations and support of our products and services by influential physicians and other health care providers are essential for market acceptance and adoption. We cannot assure you that physicians or hospitals will adopt or accept our imaging systems or DIS services. If physicians and hospitals do not adopt our imaging systems or DIS services, our operating results and business will be harmed.

 

If we are unable to expand our DIS business, our business could be materially harmed.

 

We plan to grow our DIS business by expanding into several new states, adding new hub locations in states in which we currently operate and increasing hub utilization by adding physician customers and routes. As we undertake this expansion, we have hired and will need to continue to hire, train and retain qualified personnel. We cannot assure you that physicians or hospitals in these new markets will accept our imaging products or services. Our expansion into additional domestic markets is subject to inherent risk, including the burden of complying with applicable state regulations, including but not limited to regulations concerning the use, storage, handling and disposal of radioactive materials, the difficulties in obtaining the necessary radioactive licensures and difficulties in staffing and managing operations. Furthermore, physician self-referral laws currently in effect in the State of New York may not allow the conduct of our DIS business as it is currently structured and we may find the laws of other states in which we do not currently operate to require us to change the structure of our DIS business to operate in such states.

 

Because our imaging systems and DIS services are not widely diversified, a decrease in sales of our products and leasing services could seriously harm our business.

 

Our current product and leasing service offerings consist primarily of our line of gamma cameras, including our Cardius-1, Cardius-2, Cardius-3, 2020 tc Imager and SPECTpak PLUS camera systems, each of which is designed for use in the nuclear imaging market segment and all of which utilize the same solid-state technology. In addition, we offer a mobile imaging leasing service through DIS, which includes an imaging system, certified personnel, required licensure and other support for nuclear imaging procedures. As such, our line of products and services is not as diversified as those of some of our competitors. Consequently, if sales of our products or leasing services decline precipitously, our business would be seriously harmed, and it would likely be difficult for

 

21



 

us to recover because we do not have the breadth of products or services that would enable us to sustain our business while seeking to develop new types of products or services or other markets for our existing products and services. In addition, because our technical know-how and intellectual property have limited applications, we may be unable to leverage our technical know-how and intellectual property to diversify our products and services or to develop other products or sources of revenue outside of the nuclear imaging market.

 

If we experience problems with the technologies used in our imaging systems or if delivery of our DIS services are delayed, public perception of us could be harmed and cause us to lose customers and revenue.

 

Our gamma cameras have only recently been introduced into the marketplace. Most of our cameras currently in use are less than four years old. We have experienced some reliability issues with a prior version of our detector heads. In July 2003, we began selling most of our gamma cameras with a new version of our detector heads which has shown increased reliability, although other reliability issues remain. In addition, as the period of use of our cameras increases, other significant defects may occur. If significant defects do arise with our gamma cameras, our reputation among physicians and hospitals could be damaged.

 

Additionally, physicians rely on our DIS services to provide nuclear imaging procedures to their patients on the dates and at the times they have leased. Many factors could prevent us from delivering our DIS services on a timely basis, including equipment failures, weather and the availability of staffing, transportation and necessary supplies. If we are unable to provide physicians or hospitals our DIS services in a timely and effective manner, our reputation among physicians and hospitals could be damaged.

 

The performance and reliability of our products and services are critical to our reputation and to our ability to achieve market acceptance of those products and services. Widespread or other failures of our cameras and other products to consistently meet the expectations of purchasers or customers that use our DIS services could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to provide our DIS services, our relations with current customers and our business operations. Such failures could also reduce the attractiveness of our products and services to potential customers. Equipment failures could result from any number of causes, including equipment aging, ordinary wear and tear due to regular transportation and relocation, failure to perform routine maintenance and latent hardware or software defects of which we are unaware. Such failures, whether actual or perceived, could adversely affect our business even if we correct the underlying problems.

 

We are subject to the financial risks associated with providing services through our DIS business.

 

There are numerous risks associated with any leasing arrangement, including the possibility that physicians may fail to make the required payments under the terms and provisions of their lease commitments. Our DIS business is also affected by the ability of physicians to pay us, which in turn may be affected by general economic and business conditions and the availability of reimbursement for the physicians. In addition, some DIS customers may decide to purchase their own cameras, made by us or by our competitors, rather than to continue to use the DIS leasing service which would cause us to lose business.  Such circumstances could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

A loss of key executives or failure to attract qualified managers, engineers and imaging technologists could limit our growth and adversely affect our business.

 

Our success is dependent on the efforts of our key technical, sales and managerial personnel and our ability to retain them. The loss of any one or more of these individuals could place a significant strain on our remaining management team and we may have difficulty replacing any of these individuals. Furthermore, our future growth will depend in part upon our ability to identify, hire and retain additional key personnel, including nuclear imaging technologists, certified cardiographic technicians, nurses, radiation safety officers, engineers, management, sales personnel and other highly skilled personnel. Hiring qualified management and technical personnel will be difficult due to the limited number of qualified candidates. Competition for these types of employees, particularly nuclear imaging technologists and engineers, is intense in the medical imaging field. Given the competition for such qualified personnel, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to attract, hire and retain the personnel necessary to maintain and develop our business. Failure to attract, hire and retain key personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We do not have any employment agreements with, or key person insurance on, any of our employees.

 

Our manufacturing operations are highly dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply problems and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

 

We rely on a limited number of third parties to manufacture and supply certain of the key components of our products. While many of the components used in our products are available from multiple sources, we obtain some components from single sources. For example, key components of the detector heads and the acquisition and control software utilized in our gamma cameras are manufactured or supplied by a single source. To be successful, our contract manufacturers and suppliers must provide us with the components of our systems in requisite quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed-upon

 

22



 

specifications, at acceptable cost and on a timely basis. Segami Corporation, or Segami, has developed image processing software for our camera under a non-exclusive license agreement. In the event that Segami attempts to terminate the license agreement, refuses to extend the term of the license or seeks to impose unreasonable pricing or terms, we would have to find an alternative software system to use in our gamma camera. Our reliance on these outside suppliers subjects us to a number of risks that could harm our business, including:

 

                  suppliers may make errors in manufacturing components that could adversely affect the efficacy or safety of our products or cause delays in shipment of our products;

 

                  we may not be able to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms;

 

                  we may have difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our components;

 

                  once we identify alternative suppliers, we could experience significant delays in production due to the need to evaluate and test the products delivered by alternative suppliers and to obtain regulatory qualification for them;

 

                  we are not a major customer of many of our suppliers, and these suppliers may therefore give other customers’ needs higher priority than ours;

 

                  we use some suppliers that are small, privately-held companies, and these suppliers could encounter financial or other difficulties that could cause them to modify or discontinue their operations at any time;

 

                  our suppliers manufacture products for a range of customers, and fluctuations in demand for the products those suppliers manufacture for others may affect their ability to deliver components to us in a timely manner; and

 

                  our suppliers may encounter financial hardships unrelated to our demand for components, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements.

 

Any interruption or delay in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to cancel orders or switch to competitive procedures. These events could harm our business and operating results.

 

We have limited marketing, sales and distribution capabilities, and our efforts in those areas are dependent in part on third parties.

 

We began commercial production and shipped our first imaging products in 2000, and therefore have limited experience in marketing, selling and distributing our products and services.  Additionally, while we have a direct sales team focused on domestic marketing, sales and distribution, we also use four independent distributors in the United States and two independent, international sales distributors to market, sell and distribute our products and services. As a result, we are dependent in part upon the marketing, sales and distribution efforts of our third-party distributors. To date, one of our domestic third-party distributors is permitted to market, sell and distribute competing imaging services and products. Additionally, one of our domestic third-party distributors is generally permitted to market, sell and distribute competing imaging products that are used or refurbished and meet specified age requirements. Our international distributor is prohibited from promoting or distributing any other gamma camera product, but is not prohibited from offering competing services.

 

Our future revenue growth will depend in large part on our success in maintaining and expanding our marketing, sales and distribution channels, which will likely be an expensive and time-consuming process. We are highly dependent upon the efforts of our sales force and third-party distributors to increase our revenue. We face intense competition for qualified sales employees and may be unable to hire, train, manage and retain such personnel, which could adversely affect our ability to maintain and expand our marketing, sales and distribution network, which would negatively affect our ability to compete effectively as a distributor of nuclear imaging devices. Additionally, even if we are able to expand our sales force and enter into agreements with additional third-party distributors on commercially reasonable terms, they may not commit the necessary resources to effectively market, sell and distribute our products and services domestically and internationally. If we are unable to maintain and expand our direct and third-party marketing, sales and distribution networks, we may be unable to sell enough of our products and imaging services for our business to be profitable and our financial condition and results of operations will likely suffer accordingly.

 

23



 

If we choose to acquire new or complementary businesses, products or technologies instead of developing them ourselves, we may be unable to complete those acquisitions or to successfully integrate them in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner.

 

Our success depends on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product and service offerings in response to changing customer demands, competitive pressures and technologies. While we have no current plans or commitments regarding any acquisitions of new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, we may in the future choose to pursue such acquisitions instead of developing those businesses, products or technologies ourselves. We cannot assure you, however, that we would be able to successfully complete any acquisition we choose to pursue, or that we would be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our company in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner. Furthermore, there is no certainty that we would be able to attract, hire or retain key employees associated with any acquired businesses, products or technologies.

 

Integrating any acquired businesses, products or technologies could be expensive and time consuming, disrupt our ongoing business and divert the attention and resources of our management. If we are unable to integrate any acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our business will likely suffer. Additionally, any amortization of assets or charges resulting from the costs of acquisitions could harm our business and operating results.

 

We will face additional risks if we expand further in international markets.

 

We have sales distributors for our imaging systems in Russia and Puerto Rico and may expand our international distribution relationships. If we expand internationally, we will need to hire, train and retain qualified personnel in countries where language, cultural or regulatory impediments may exist. We cannot assure you that distributors, physicians or other involved parties in foreign markets will accept our nuclear imaging products, services and business practices. Any of international operations will be subject to inherent risks, including:

 

                  costs of localizing product and service offerings for foreign markets;

 

                  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

                  reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

                  difficulties and delays in enforcing agreements and in collecting receivables through the legal systems of foreign countries;

 

                  fluctuating currency exchange rates;

 

                  the possibility that foreign countries may impose additional withholding taxes or otherwise tax our foreign income, impose tariffs or adopt other restrictions on foreign trade;

 

                  changes in political, regulatory, or economic conditions in a country or region;

 

                  our ability to obtain U.S. export licenses and other required export or import licenses or approvals;

 

                  burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, regulations specific to the delivery of and payment for healthcare services, regulations and licensing requirements relating to the use, storage, handling and disposal of radioactive materials, labor practices; and

 

                  conforming our business model to operate under government-run healthcare systems.

 

We are exposed to risks relating to product liability, product recalls, property damage and personal injury and death for which insurance coverage is expensive, limited and potentially inadequate, and our business may be negatively affected by increased insurance costs.

 

Our operations entail risks relating to product liability claims, product recalls, property damage and personal injury and death. We currently maintain insurance that we believe is adequate with respect to the nature of the risks insured against, including product liability insurance, professional liability insurance, automobile insurance, property insurance, workers compensation insurance and general liability insurance. In many cases such insurance is expensive and difficult to obtain, and no assurance can be given that we will be able to maintain our current insurance or that we will be able to obtain or maintain comparable or additional insurance in the future on reasonable terms, if at all. Additionally, we may be negatively affected by increased costs of insurance, including workers compensation insurance.

 

24



 

Our manufacturing operations and executive offices are located at a single facility that may be at risk from fire, earthquakes or other natural or man-made disasters or crises.

 

Our manufacturing operations and executive offices are located at a single facility in Poway, California, near known fire areas and earthquake fault zones. This facility is located a short distance from the wildfires that destroyed many homes and businesses in San Diego County, California in 2003. We have taken precautions to safeguard our facilities, including insurance and health and safety protocols. However, any future natural disaster, such as a fire or an earthquake, could cause substantial delays in our operations, damage to or destroy our manufacturing equipment or inventory, and cause us to incur additional expenses. A disaster could significantly harm our business and results of operations. The insurance we maintain against fires and other natural disasters may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case.

 

Additionally, electrical power is vital to our operations and we rely on a continuous power supply to conduct our business. California has experienced significant electrical power shortages and price volatility in recent years, and such shortages and price volatility may occur in the future. In the event of an acute power shortage, the California system operator has on some occasions implemented, and may in the future implement, rolling blackouts throughout California. If our energy costs substantially increase or blackouts interrupt our power supply frequently or for more than a few days, we may have to reduce or temporarily discontinue our normal operations. In addition, the cost of our research and development efforts may increase because of the disruption to our operations. Any such reduction or disruption of our operations at our facilities could harm our business.

 

Risks Related to Government Regulation

 

We must be licensed to handle and use hazardous materials and may be liable for contamination or other harm caused by hazardous materials that we use.

 

We use hazardous and radioactive materials in our research and development and manufacturing processes, as well as in the provision of our imaging services. We are subject to federal, state and local regulations governing use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and waste products. We are currently licensed to handle such materials in all states in which we operate, but there can be no assurances that we will be able to retain those licenses in the future. In addition, we must become licensed in all states in which we plan to expand. Obtaining those additional licenses is an expensive and time consuming process, and in some cases we may not be able to obtain those licenses at all.

 

Although we believe that our procedures for use, handling, storing and disposing of these materials comply with legally prescribed standards, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from hazardous materials and we may incur liability as a result of any such contamination or injury. In the event of an accident, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines, and the liability could exceed our resources.

 

We have also incurred and may continue to incur expenses related to compliance with environmental laws. Such future expenses or liability could have a significant negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, we cannot assure you that the cost of complying with these laws and regulations will not materially increase in the future.

 

We will spend considerable time and money complying with federal, state and foreign laws, regulations, and other rules, and, if we are unable to fully comply with such laws, regulations and other rules, we could face substantial penalties.

 

We are directly, or indirectly through our clients, subject to extensive regulation by both the federal government and the states and foreign countries in which we conduct our business. The laws that directly or indirectly affect our ability to operate our business include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

                  the federal Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Kickback Law, which prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce either the referral of an individual, or furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid Programs;

 

                  other Medicare laws, regulations, rules, manual provisions, and policies that prescribe the requirements for coverage and payment for services performed by us and our DIS customers, including the amount of such payment;

 

                  the federal False Claims Act, which imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals and entities who submit, or cause to be submitted, false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government;

 

                  the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which, among other things, prohibits executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors and, further, requires us to

 

25



 

comply with standards regarding the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information and conduct certain electronic transactions using standardized code sets. In addition, regulations have been issued under HIPAA that will require us to comply with additional security regulations by April 2005 and to adopt unique health identifiers for use in filing and processing healthcare claims and other transactions by May 2007;

 

                   the federal False Statements Statute, which prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

                   the federal physician self-referral prohibition, commonly known as the Stark Law, which, in the absence of a statutory or regulatory exception, prohibits the referral of Medicare or Medicaid patients by a physician to an entity for the provision of certain designated healthcare services, if the physician or a member of the physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship, including an ownership interest in, or a compensation arrangement with, the entity and also prohibits that entity from submitting a bill to a federal payor for services rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral;

 

                   the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, which regulates the manufacture, labeling, marketing, distribution and sale of prescription drugs and medical devices;

 

                   state and foreign law equivalents of the foregoing;

 

                   federal and state radioactive materials laws, which govern the procurement, use, transfer and storage of radioactive materials;

 

                   state food and drug laws, pharmacy acts and state pharmacy board regulations, which govern the sale, distribution, use, administration and prescribing of prescription drugs;

 

                   state laws that prohibit the practice of medicine by non-physicians and fee-splitting arrangements between physicians and non-physicians, as well as state law equivalents to the federal Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Kickback Law and the Stark Law, which may not be limited to government reimbursed items or services; and

 

                   federal laws, regulations, rules and policies that permit physicians to bill and receive payment for certain diagnostic tests under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule only if certain conditions are satisfied, including the requirement that the physician personally perform, or adequately supervise the performance of, the test using equipment they own or lease, and that prohibit physicians from marking up the cost of tests they “purchase,” rather than perform or supervise, for Medicare patients.

 

We implemented a compliance program in 2002 to help assure that we remain in compliance with the above and other applicable laws. Like most companies with active and effective compliance programs, we occasionally discover compliance concerns. For example, in 2004 we discovered certain isolated arrangements that we entered into in good faith but that, upon review by our compliance personnel, raised some compliance concerns under these laws. In accordance with our compliance program, we took immediate remedial steps. We cannot assure you that these remedial steps will insulate us from liability associated with these isolated arrangements.

 

If our past or present operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws, regulations, rules or policies described above or the other governmental regulations to which we or our customers are subject, or if the interpretation of the foregoing changes, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Similarly, if our customers are found non-compliant with applicable laws, they may be subject to sanctions, which could also have a negative impact on us. In addition, if we are required to obtain permits or licensure under these laws that we do not already possess, we may become subject to substantial additional regulation or incur significant expense. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations would adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations, and additional legal or regulatory change. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business and damage our reputation.

 

26



 

Legislative or regulatory reform of the healthcare system may affect our ability to sell our products.

 

In both the United States and certain other foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could impact our ability to sell our products and services profitably. In the United States, federal and state lawmakers regularly propose and, at times, enact new legislation establishing significant changes in the healthcare system. Recently, President Bush signed into law the Medicare Modernization Act, which contains a wide variety of reforms that impact Medicare reimbursements to hospitals and physicians including changes to Medicare payment methodologies for radiopharmaceuticals and other drugs dispensed by hospital outpatient departments and for drugs dispensed by physician offices. These changes reduced payment amounts for some of the drugs used in conjunction with our imaging procedures, although the physician fee schedule payment rates applicable to nuclear cardiology increased slightly in 2003 and 2004. Downward changes to Medicare reimbursement rates may adversely impact reimbursement to customers or potential customers that use or could use our cameras and services. We cannot predict the full impact that this new legislation will have nor whether new federal legislation will be enacted in the future. The potential for adoption of healthcare reform proposals on a state-by-state basis could require us to develop state-specific marketing and sales approaches. In addition, we may experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of our products and services due to additional legislative proposals or healthcare reform initiatives. Our results of operations and our business could therefore be adversely affected by future healthcare reforms.

 

The impact of regulatory changes could have a negative impact on camera sales to and leases with hospitals desiring to use our cameras and services in their outpatient facilities.

 

In order for hospitals to receive certain payments for their outpatient facilities as hospital outpatient services, including services that utilize our products, these services must be furnished in a “provider-based” organization or facility or be covered services furnished “under arrangement” with the hospital. Failure to meet these requirements may result in reduced payments to the hospitals for their services. The Medicare program has published and revised rules establishing criteria for classifying a facility as “provider-based” or a service as furnished “under arrangement.” These rules require an analysis of the facts and circumstances surrounding the delivery by a hospital of a particular service, and hospitals that use our products or DIS services in their outpatient facilities will need to determine if they meet the applicable “provider-based” or “under arrangement” requirements. Hospitals that cannot obtain sufficient payments for these services may not purchase a camera from us or enter into arrangements with us for provision of services.

 

If we fail to comply with various licensure, or certification standards, we may be subject to loss of licensure or certification, which would adversely affect our operations.

 

All of the states in which we operate require that the imaging technicians that operate our cameras be licensed or certified and such licensing and certification requirements are subject to change. Obtaining such licenses may take significant time as we expand into additional states or if the applicable requirements change. Any lapse in the licensure or certification of our technicians could increase our costs and adversely affect our operations and financial results. Further, we are currently enrolled by Medicare contractors, or “carriers”, as an independent diagnostic testing facility in nine states where we were operating under our “mixed bill” model. We discontinued this model in August 2004; however, continued enrollment is essential for us to collect remaining amounts we billed directly to Medicare for the healthcare services that we provided under the “mixed bill” model.

 

In the healthcare industry, various types of organizations are accredited to facilitate meeting certain Medicare certification requirements, expedite third-party payment and fulfill state licensure requirements. Some managed care providers prefer to contract with accredited organizations. We are aware of a third party payor in a geography in which we do business that is requiring physicians to obtain certain accreditations in order to obtain reimbursement for imaging procedures, and to meet specified privileging standards.  We have obtained certification from the Intersocietal Commission for the Accreditation of Nuclear Medicine Laboratories for one of our hub locations, and intend to obtain certifications for additional hub locations.  If it becomes necessary for us to obtain any additional accreditation in the future in order to satisfy the requirements of third-party payors or regulatory agencies, there can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain or continuously maintain this accreditation.

 

Compliance with extensive product regulations could be expensive and time consuming, and any failure to comply with those regulations could harm our ability to sell and market our products and imaging services.

 

U.S. and foreign regulatory agencies, including the FDA, govern the testing, marketing and registration of new medical devices or modifications to medical devices, in addition to regulating manufacturing practices, reporting, labeling and recordkeeping procedures. The regulatory process makes it longer, harder and more costly to bring our products to market, and we cannot assure you that any of our future products will be cleared or approved. All of our planned services, products and manufacturing activities, as well as the manufacturing activities of third-party medical device manufacturers who supply components to us, are subject to these regulations. Generally, we and our third-party manufacturers are or will be required to:

 

                  undergo rigorous inspections by domestic and international agencies;

 

27



 

                  obtain the prior clearance or approval of those agencies before we can market and sell our medical device products; and

 

                  satisfy content and format requirements for all of our sales and promotional materials.

 

Compliance with the regulations of those agencies may delay or prevent us from introducing new or improved products, which could in turn affect our ability to achieve or maintain profitability. We may be subject to sanctions, including Warning Letters, monetary fines and criminal penalties, the temporary or permanent suspension of operations, product recalls and marketing restrictions, if we fail to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to our business. Our third-party component manufacturers may also be subject to the same sanctions and, as a result, may be unable to supply components for our products. Any failure to retain governmental approvals that we currently hold or obtain additional similar approvals could prevent us from successfully marketing our products and technology and could harm our operating results. Furthermore, changes in the applicable governmental regulations could prevent further commercialization of our products and technologies and could harm our business.

 

Even if regulatory approval or clearance of a product is granted, regulatory agencies could impose limitations on uses for which the product may be labeled and promoted. Further, for a marketed product, its manufacturer and manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic review and inspection. Later discovery of problems with a product, manufacturer or facility may result in restrictions on the product, manufacturer or facility, including withdrawal of the product from the market or other enforcement actions.

 

Our products are subject to reporting requirements and recalls even after receiving FDA clearance or approval, which could harm our reputation, business and financial results.

 

We are subject to medical device reporting regulations that require us to report to the FDA or similar governmental bodies in other countries if our products cause or contribute to a death or serious injury or malfunction in a way that would be reasonably likely to contribute to death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. In addition, the FDA and similar governmental bodies in other countries have the authority to require the recall of our products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture that could cause adverse health consequences. A government mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors or design defects, including defects in labeling. Any recall would divert management attention and financial resources and harm our reputation with customers. A recall involving our product could harm the reputation of the product and our company and would be particularly harmful to our business and financial results.

 

If we fail to obtain, or are significantly delayed in obtaining, FDA clearances or approvals for future products or product enhancements, or if we fail to comply with FDA’s Quality System Regulation, our ability to commercially market and distribute our products will suffer.

 

Our products are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA, and numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities. In the U.S., the FDA regulates virtually all aspects of a medical device’s testing, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, reporting, promotion and distribution. Our failure to comply with those regulations could lead to the imposition of administrative or judicial sanctions, including Warning Letters, injunctions, suspensions or the loss of regulatory clearances or approvals, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures, or injunctions.  In the most egregious cases, criminal sanctions or closure of our manufacturing facilities are possible. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA, can be costly and time consuming, and there can be no assurance that such clearances or approvals will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. In particular, unless exempt, the FDA permits commercial distribution of a new medical device only after the device has received 510(k) clearance or is the subject of an approved PMA. The FDA will clear marketing of a medical device through the 510(k) process if it is demonstrated that the new product is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate device.  The PMA approval process is more costly, lengthy and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process, and must be supported by extensive data, including data from preclinical studies and human clinical trials. Because we cannot assure you that any new products we develop, or any product enhancements, will be subject to the generally shorter 510(k) clearance process, significant delays in the introduction of any new products or product enhancements may occur. While we have not been required to obtain PMA approval for any of our products, there is no assurance that the FDA will not require a new product or product enhancement to go through the more lengthy, burdensome, and expensive PMA approval process. Further, pursuant to FDA regulations, we can only market our products for cleared or approved uses. If our products are used for purposes other than those cleared or approved by the FDA, the FDA could object to such off-label uses.

 

Our manufacturing processes and those of our third-party manufacturers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, which covers the design, testing, production processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping of our devices. In addition, we must engage in extensive recordkeeping and reporting and must make available our manufacturing facility and records for periodic unscheduled inspections by federal, state and foreign agencies, including the FDA. Our failure or our third-party manufacturers’ failure to pass a Quality System Regulation inspection or to comply with these and other applicable regulatory requirements could result in disruption of our operations and manufacturing delays, and a failure to take

 

28



 

adequate corrective action could result in, among other things, Warning Letter(s), withdrawal of our medical device clearances, seizure or recall of our devices, or other civil or criminal enforcement actions.

 

Foreign governmental authorities that regulate the manufacture and sale of medical devices have become increasingly stringent and, to the extent we now or in the future market and sell our products in foreign countries, we may be subject to rigorous regulation by those foreign governmental authorities. In such circumstances, we would rely significantly on our foreign independent distributors to comply with the varying regulations, and any failures on their part could result in restrictions on the sale of our products in foreign countries.

 

Modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or pre-market approvals, or may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until clearances are obtained.

 

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use,  requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval for modification of a previously cleared product for which we have concluded that no clearances or approvals are necessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. Further, our products could be subject to recall if the FDA determines, for any reason, that our products are not safe or effective. Any recall or FDA requirement that we seek additional approvals or clearances could result in delays, fines, costs associated with modification of a product, loss of revenue and potential operating restrictions imposed by the FDA.

 

Audits or denials of claims submitted by us or by our DIS customers, by government agencies or contractors could reduce our revenues or profits and expose us to claims.

 

For services we provided until August 2004 under our “mixed bill” model, we submitted claims directly to and received payments directly from the Medicare program. Therefore, we remain subject to extensive government regulation, including requirements for maintaining certain documentation to support our claims. Government agencies and Medicare contractors also may conduct inspections or surveys of our facilities, payment reviews and other audits of our claims and operations.  We cannot assure you that such scrutiny will not result in material delays in payment, as well as material recoupments or denials, which could reduce our revenue or profits.  Our DIS customers also submit claims to Medicare and other third-party payors, are subject to the same types of regulation and scrutiny and may experience the same types of problems.  This could adversely affect our ability to market our leases and services and to maintain existing contracts.

 

Risks Related to Our Financial Results and Need for Financing

 

Our quarterly financial results are difficult to predict and are likely to fluctuate significantly from period to period because our business prospects are uncertain and due to the seasonality of our DIS leasing services business.

 

Our revenue and results of operations at any given time will be primarily based on the following factors, many of which we cannot control:

 

                  physician, healthcare provider and patient acceptance of our products and services;

 

                  demand and pricing of our products and services;

 

                  success and timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;

 

                  camera purchases by DIS customers;

 

                  our ability to establish and maintain a productive manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution force;

 

                  the ability of our suppliers to timely provide us with an adequate supply of necessary components;

 

                  timing and magnitude of our expenditures;

 

                  our ability to reduce our expenses quickly enough to respond to any declines in revenue;

 

                  regulatory approvals and legislative changes affecting the products we may offer or those of our competitors;

 

29



 

                  the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

                  our addition or termination of research programs or funding support;

 

                  levels of third-party reimbursement for our products and services;

 

                  interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products and services; and

 

                  changes in our ability to obtain FDA approval or clearance for our products.

 

Furthermore, we have experienced seasonality in the leasing services offered by DIS. While our physicians are obligated to pay us for all lease days to which they have committed, our contracts permit some flexibility in scheduling when services are to be performed. This accounts for some of the seasonality of our DIS revenues. For example, our daily services have typically declined from our second fiscal quarter to our third fiscal quarter due to summer holidays and vacation schedules. We have also experienced declining daily services in December due to holidays and in our first quarter due to weather conditions in certain parts of the United States. We cannot predict with certainty the degree to which seasonal circumstances such as the summer slowdown, winter holiday variations and weather conditions may make our revenue unpredictable or lead to fluctuations in our quarterly operating results in the future.

 

In addition, due to the way that customers in our target markets acquire our products, a large percentage of our orders of gamma cameras is booked during the last month of each quarterly accounting period. As such, a delivery delay of only a few days may significantly impact our quarter-to-quarter comparisons.

 

For these reasons, we believe that quarterly sales and operating results may vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indicators of future performance. We cannot assure you that our sales will increase or be sustained in future periods. Accordingly, we may experience significant, unanticipated quarterly losses. Because of these and other factors, our operating results in one or more future quarters may fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to decline significantly.

 

We have incurred significant and recurring operating losses since our inception in 1985 and we expect to incur increased operating expenses in the near term.

 

We have incurred significant cumulative net losses since our inception in November 1985 and as of December 31, 2004, we had an accumulated deficit of $80.1 million. We expect to incur increased operating expenses in the near term as we, among other things:

 

                  expand our manufacturing operations and DIS business;

 

                  increase marketing, sales and distribution of our current products; and

 

                  conduct research and development to develop next-generation products and to enhance our existing products.

 

As a result of these activities, we may not be able to maintain profitability. If our revenue grows more slowly than anticipated, or if our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our ability to achieve our development and expansion goals would be adversely affected.

 

Our reliance on a limited number of customers may cause our sales to be volatile.

 

We currently have a small number of customers, whom we typically bill after the delivery of our products and imaging services. If orders for our gamma cameras were to be cancelled, or our leasing service customers stopped using us or do not renew their lease agreements with us, or decide to purchase their own camera, our business would be adversely affected. Furthermore, in view of our small customer base, our failure to gain additional customers, the loss of any current customers or a significant reduction in the level of leasing services provided to any one customer could disrupt our business, harm our reputation and adversely affect our sales.

 

The sales cycle for our gamma cameras is typically lengthy, which may result in significant fluctuations in our revenue.

 

Our sales efforts for our gamma cameras are dependent on the capital expenditures budgets of the physicians and hospitals to which we market. Often physicians and hospitals require a significant amount of lead time to plan for a major acquisition such as the purchase of our imaging systems. We may spend substantial time, effort and expense long before we actually consummate an order of our cameras and with no assurance that we will ultimately be successful in achieving any such orders. As a result, we may experience

 

30



 

significant fluctuations in our revenues. Furthermore, evaluating and predicting our future sales and operating performance is difficult and may not be as accurate as it could be if we had shorter sales cycles.

 

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future, and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

 

Although we believe that our current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our projected operating requirements for the foreseeable future, our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

                  the revenue generated by sales of our products and services;

 

                  the costs associated with expanding our manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution efforts;

 

                  the rate of progress and cost of our research and development activities;

 

                  the costs of obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearance of our products and products in development;

 

                  the costs of obtaining and maintaining radioactive materials licenses and radiation safety procedures;

 

                  the effects of competing technological and market developments;

 

                  the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions; and

 

                  the costs associated with our expansion, if any.

 

As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional funds, and we cannot be certain that such funds will be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. Furthermore, if we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish potentially valuable rights to our future products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to expand our operations, develop new products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated customer requirements.

 

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Potential Litigation

 

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology through patents and other means is uncertain.

 

Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our proprietary rights to the technologies used in our products. We rely on patent protection, as well as a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, and nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technology. However, these legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. Our pending U.S. and foreign patent applications, which include claims to material aspects of our products and procedures that are not currently protected by issued patents, may not issue as patents in a form that will be advantageous to us. Any patents we have obtained or do obtain may be challenged by re-examination or otherwise invalidated or eventually found unenforceable. Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time consuming and expensive. Competitors may attempt to challenge or invalidate our patents, or may be able to design alternative techniques or devices that avoid infringement of our patents, or develop products with functionalities that are comparable to ours. Although we have taken steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, including entering into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, advisors and corporate partners, such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements. Furthermore, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

 

In the event a competitor infringes upon our patent or other intellectual property rights, litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our patents against challenge, even if successful, could be expensive and time consuming and could require significant time and attention from our management. We may not have sufficient resources to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our patents against challenges from others.

 

31



 

The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of our management’s time and efforts, and require us to pay damages.

 

The medical device industry is characterized by extensive litigation and administrative proceedings over patent and other intellectual property rights. Whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. Our competitors may assert that our products, their components or the methods we employ in the use of our products are covered by U.S. or foreign patents held by them. In addition, they may claim that their patents have priority over ours because their patents were filed or invented earlier. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware, which may later result in issued patents that our products may infringe. There could also be existing patents that one or more components of our products may be infringing of which we are unaware. As the number of participants in our industry increases, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us also increases.

 

Any litigation or claims against us may cause us to incur substantial costs, could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of our management from our core business and harm our reputation. If the relevant patents were upheld as valid and enforceable and we were found to be inadvertently infringing, we could be required to pay substantial damages and/or royalties and could be prevented from selling our products unless we could obtain a license or were able to redesign our system to avoid infringement. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products.

 

If we become subject to product liability or warranty claims, we may experience reduced demand for our products or be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.

 

The sale and support of our products entails the risk of product liability or warranty claims, such as those based on claims that the failure of one of our products resulted in a misdiagnosis, personal injury or death, among other issues. The medical device industry has been subject to significant products liability litigation. We may incur significant liability in the event of any such litigation, regardless of the merit of the action. Although we maintain product liability insurance, we cannot be sure that this coverage is adequate or that it will continue to be available on acceptable terms, if at all. We also may face warranty exposure, which could adversely affect our operating results. Any unforeseen warranty exposure or insufficient insurance could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Finally, even a meritless or unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees and could result in the diversion of management’s attention from managing our business.

 

We may be subject to lawsuits and actions brought by our employees.

 

We may from time to time be subject to employment claims or disputes.  While there are no such claims or disputes at present, we cannot assure you that we may not be subject to other lawsuits and actions brought by our employees or that we would be successful defending against such actions. Any employment claims could significantly divert our management’s time and attention and could materially affect our business.

 

We rely significantly on a license agreement with Segami Corporation for imaging processing software for our digital gamma camera, and the loss of the license could result in delivery delays, loss of customers and loss of revenue.

 

Segami Corporation, or Segami, has developed image processing software for our camera under a non-exclusive license agreement.  While we have amended our agreement with Segami and now own the image acquisition software, we remain dependent on Segami for the processing software.  In the event that Segami attempts to terminate the license agreement, refuses to extend the term of the license or seeks to impose unreasonable pricing or terms, we would have to find an alternative software system to use in our gamma camera. To our knowledge, there are a limited number of companies that would be able to develop and implement a software system similar to what we use in our gamma camera. As a result, in the event that we were unable to continue to use the software under the license from Segami, we could have delays in the production of our gamma camera as we attempted to find a substitute software provider. Furthermore, we cannot guarantee that alternative software providers would be able to meet our requirements or that their software would be available to us at favorable prices, if at all. To the extent we were unable to find an alternative source for the software, we may have to develop our own software system.  We cannot guarantee that we could internally develop such a software system or that such efforts would not divert resources away from the development of other features of our camera. As a result, locating an alternative software system or developing our own software system could interrupt the manufacture and delivery of our products for an extended period of time and may cause the loss of customers and revenue.

 

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

 

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees have

 

32



 

inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying money damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key research personnel or their work product could hinder or preclude our ability to commercialize our products, which could severely harm our business.

 

Risks Related to the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

Our stock price may be volatile.

 

The market price for our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be volatile. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including:

 

                  volume and timing of orders for our products and services;

 

                  the introduction of new products, product enhancements, services or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

                  quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;

 

                  conditions or trends in the medical device industry and the imaging service industry;

 

                  disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual property rights, product liability claims or other litigation;

 

                  our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearance for, and market, new and enhanced products on a timely basis, or changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals or applications;

 

                  additions or departures of key personnel;

 

                  sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers and directors;

 

                  changes in the availability of third-party reimbursement in the United States or other countries;

 

                  changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; and

 

                  general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

 

Future sales of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.

 

A small number of our current stockholders hold a substantial number of shares of our common stock that they will be able to sell in the public market in the near future.  Sales by our current stockholders of a substantial number of shares, or the expectation that such sale may occur, could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. Moreover, the holders of a substantial number of our shares of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of certain of our warrants, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements to permit the resale of their shares in the public market or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.  We have also registered all common stock that we may issue under our employee benefit plans.  Accordingly, these shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to restrictions under the securities laws and the lock-up agreements described above.  If any of these stockholders cause a large number of securities to be sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock.  These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital.

 

Our common stock has been publicly traded for a short time and an active trading market may not be sustained.

 

Although we are currently listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market, an active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained.   An inactive market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable.  Furthermore, an inactive market may impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses, products and technologies by using our shares as consideration.

 

33



 

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change in control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

 

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws contain provisions that may delay or prevent a change in control, discourage bids at a premium over the market price of our common stock and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. These provisions include:

 

                  prohibiting our stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders unless they hold not less than 20% of the total number of votes to be cast at such a meeting;

 

                  permitting the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock without stockholder approval;

 

                  prohibiting our stockholders from making certain changes to our restated certificate of incorporation or restated bylaws except with 66 2 /3% stockholder approval; and

 

                  requiring advance notice for raising matters of business or making nominations at stockholders’ meetings.

 

We are also subject to provisions of the Delaware corporation law that, in general, prohibit any business combination with a beneficial owner of 15% or more of our common stock for five years unless the holder’s acquisition of our stock was approved in advance by our board of directors. Although we believe these provisions collectively provide for an opportunity to receive higher bids by requiring potential acquirors to negotiate with our board of directors, they would apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

 

If our officers, directors and principal stockholders choose to act together, they may be able to control our management and operations, acting in their best interests and not in the best interests of other stockholders.

 

Our officers, directors and holders of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock beneficially own the majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will be able to significantly influence all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of other stockholders, and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders. As a result of their actions or inactions our stock price may decline. 

 

 

 

Item 2.    Properties

 

Our operations are headquartered in an approximately 70,000 square foot facility in Poway, California that is leased to us until February 2010. We believe that our existing facility is adequate for our current needs.

 

 

 

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

 

In January 2005, a complaint was served on a DIS customer physician, his medical practice and two DIS technicians, individually and in their capacity as agents of the medical practice.  The complaint was filed in the Circuit Court of the Fifth Judicial Circuit, County of Vermilion, Danville, Illinois and alleges negligence claims in connection with the death of a patient purportedly arising from the administration of a stress imaging test.  We have tendered the matter to the physician practice for indemnification and defense pursuant to our contract with the group.  While the technicians deny the allegations and we will vigorously defend them in the matter, if necessary, we cannot assure you that this matter will be resolved in their favor.

 

On November 18, 2004, we received a notice of violation from the Maryland Department of the Environment, or Department, relating to our radioactive materials license.   The notice alleges violations related primarily to record-keeping and the failure to follow certain operating protocols.  We responded to the notice and then participated in a licensee management enforcement conference conducted by the Department in January 2005.  We have instituted corrective actions and made a supplemental submission to the Department in February.   If the Department concludes that corrective actions are not adequate, it could take escalated enforcement action, including the imposition of civil penalties of up to $10,000 per violation per day, or the modification, suspension or revocation

 

34



 

of our license in Maryland.  While we believe we have fully addressed each of the Department’s concerns, we cannot assure you that this matter will be resolved in our favor.

 

Other than the immediately preceding discussion, we are not currently a party to any material legal or other proceedings.

 

 

 

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

None

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market Information

 

Our common stock has been traded on the Nasdaq National Market since June 10, 2004 under the symbol DRAD. Prior to such time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low closing sales prices for our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second Quarter (beginning June 10, 2004)

 

$

11.77

 

 

$

9.23

 

Third Quarter

 

 

10.89

 

 

 

7.85

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

11.12

 

 

 

7.35

 

 

As of February 18, 2005, there were approximately 300 holders of record of our common stock.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock.  We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, we issued and sold the following unregistered securities (not otherwise previously reported in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q or a current report on Form 8-K):

 

                  On February 25, 2004, we issued warrants to purchase 5,715 shares of our common stock to two consultants in connection with services rendered to us.  Such warrants have an exercise price equal to $5.50 per share and expire if not exercised on or before February 25, 2009.  The offers, sales and issuances of the warrants were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.  The recipients of the warrants represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to warrants issued in such transaction.  Each of the recipients of the warrants were accredited or sophisticated persons and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

 

                  From January 1, 2004 through March 31, 2004, we granted options to purchase 244,579 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants under our 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan at an exercise price of $5.495 per share.  During such period of time, 30,812 shares of common stock were purchased pursuant to the exercise of stock options for cash consideration with an aggregate exercise price of $15,098.  The offers, sales and issuances of the options and common stock were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.  The recipients of such options and common stock were our employees, directors or bona fide consultants and received the securities under our 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan. 

 

35



 

Appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in such transactions, and each of these recipients had adequate access, through employment or other relationships, to information about us.

 

Use of Proceeds

 

We effected the initial public offering of our common stock pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-113760) that was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 9, 2004.  On June 15, 2004, 5,500,000 shares of common stock were sold on our behalf at an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, for an aggregate offering price of $66.0 million, which offering was managed by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and William Blair & Company, L.L.C.  Following the sale of the 5,500,000 shares, the offering terminated.

 

We paid to the underwriters underwriting discounts and commissions totaling approximately $4.6 million in connection with the offering.  In addition, we estimate that we incurred additional expenses of approximately $2.6 million in connection with the offering, which when added to the underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us, amounts to total estimated expenses of approximately $7.2 million.  Thus, the net offering proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were approximately $58.8 million.  No offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to any of our directors or officers (or their associates) or persons owning ten percent or more of any class of our equity securities or to any other affiliates.

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had used approximately $11.6 million of the net proceeds from our initial public offering to repay our lines of credit, capital leases and notes payable, none of which was paid directly or indirectly to any of our directors or officers (or their associates) or persons owning ten percent or more of any class of our equity securities or to any other affiliates.  In addition, we had used $2.8 million to fund operations and capital equipment purchases.  We expect to use a majority of the remainder of the net proceeds from our initial public offering to manufacture and market our gamma cameras, build our sales and marketing capabilities and expand our business.  To a lesser extent, we anticipate using the remaining net proceeds of the offering:

 

                  for further research and development relating to our existing products and new product opportunities and to finance regulatory approval activities; and

 

      for general corporate purposes.

 

In addition, we may use a portion of the net proceeds from our initial public offering to acquire products, technologies or businesses that are complementary to our own, but we currently have no commitments or agreements relating to any of these types of transactions.

 

We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds received from our initial public offering.  The amount and timing of our expenditures will depend on several factors, including the amount of revenue generated from our operations, the progress of our commercialization efforts, and the amount of cash used in our operations.  Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds.

 

Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds from our initial public offering in short- and medium-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

Repurchases of Equity Securities

We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2004.

Equity Compensation Plans Information

For information concerning prior stockholder approval of and other matters relating to our equity incentive plans, see Part III, Item 12 entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

36



 

Item 6.    Selected Consolidated Financial Data.

 

The selected consolidated financial data set forth below is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and may not be indicative of future operating results. The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements for Digirad Corporation and notes thereto and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere herein. Amounts are in thousands, except per share amounts.

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIS

 

$

44,505

 

$

34,848

 

$

23,005

 

$

10,239

 

$

1,260

 

Product

 

23,632

 

21,388

 

18,527

 

18,065

 

5,815

 

Total revenues

 

68,137

 

56,236

 

41,532

 

28,304

 

7,075

 

Cost of revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIS

 

31,005

 

24,463

 

16,599

 

8,344

 

839

 

Product

 

14,992

 

15,091

 

13,633

 

13,192

 

9,834

 

Stock-based compensation

 

381

 

114

 

124

 

298

 

65

 

Total cost of revenues

 

46,378

 

39,668

 

30,356

 

21,834

 

10,738

 

Gross profit (loss)

 

21,759

 

16,568

 

11,176

 

6,470

 

(3,663

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

2,982

 

2,191

 

2,967

 

3,009

 

2,372

 

Sales and marketing

 

7,626

 

6,008

 

8,065

 

9,974

 

3,586

 

General and administrative

 

9,769

 

8,097

 

9,497

 

8,161

 

2,878

 

Amortization and impairment of intangible assets

 

64

 

444

 

1,011

 

991

 

194

 

Stock-based compensation

 

736

 

112

 

483

 

1,281

 

246

 

Total operating expenses

 

21,177

 

16,852

 

22,023

 

23,416

 

9,276

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

582

 

(284

)

(10,847

)

(16,946

)

(12,939

)

Other income (expense), net

 

(337

)

(1,396

)

(1,925

)

(2,965

)

(537

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

245

 

$

(1,680

)

$

(12,772

)

$

(19,911

)

$

(13,476

)

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

 

$

84

 

$

(2,006

)

$

(13,037

)

$

(20,041

)

$

(13,524

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share(1):

 

$

0.01

 

$

(127.62

)

$

(1,432.31

)

$

(3,146.16

)

$

(2,527.80

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares used in per share calculations (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

10,095

 

16

 

9

 

6

 

5

 

Diluted

 

16,963

 

16

 

9

 

6

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The composition of stock-based compensation is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of product revenue

 

$

165

 

$

83

 

$

72

 

$

200

 

$

54

 

Cost of DIS revenue

 

216

 

31

 

52

 

98

 

10

 

Research and development

 

133

 

8

 

61

 

96

 

6

 

Sales and marketing

 

136

 

18

 

228

 

541

 

51

 

General and administrative

 

467

 

86

 

194

 

644

 

190

 

 

 

$

1,117

 

$

226

 

$

607

 

$

1,579

 

$

311

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

Cash, cash equivalents and securities

 

$

55,563

 

$

7,681

 

$

6,988

 

$

1,967

 

$

6,555

 

Working capital

 

59,015

 

2,578

 

3,781

 

(1,668

)

5,481

 

Total assets

 

86,024

 

35,159

 

33,119

 

29,922

 

23,050

 

Total debt

 

3,982

 

16,441

 

13,932

 

14,469

 

8,614

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

84,278

 

83,952

 

66,531

 

52,255

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

68,734

 

(75,703

)

(73,928

)

(61,835

)

(43,479

)


(1)                          As a result of the conversion of our preferred stock into 12.4 million shares of our common stock upon completion of our initial public offering in June 2004, there is a lack of comparability in the basic and diluted net income (loss) per share amounts for the periods presented above.  Please refer to Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for the unaudited pro forma calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share presented therein.

 

37



 

 

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth previously under the caption “Risk Factors.”  This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report.

 

Overview

 

We are a leader in the development, manufacture and distribution of solid-state medical imaging products and services to physicians’ offices, hospitals and imaging centers and were the first company to develop and commercialize a solid-state medical gamma camera for the detection of cardiovascular disease and other medical conditions.  By using solid-state technology rather than bulky vacuum tubes, we believe that our imaging systems produce a high quality image while offering significant advantages over vacuum-tube based systems, including mobility through reduced size and weight, enhanced operability and reliability, and improved patient comfort and utilization.  The cameras and accompanying equipment fit easily into floor spaces as small as seven feet by eight feet and facilitate the delivery of nuclear medicine procedures directly in a physician’s office, an outpatient hospital setting or within multiple departments of a hospital.

 

Revenues

 

Our revenues are generated within two primary operating segments: our DIS business and product sales. DIS collectively refers to our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Digirad Imaging Solutions, Inc. and Digirad Imaging Systems, Inc. Through DIS, we offer FlexImaging, our mobile and comprehensive leasing service for physicians who wish to perform nuclear cardiology and nuclear medicine procedures in their offices, but do not have the patient volume, capital or personnel to justify purchasing an imaging system. DIS leasing services are currently provided in 18 states and the District of Columbia. Physicians enter into annual contracts for imaging services delivered on a per-day basis. Our typical annual lease contracts provide, on average, for one day of service per week, adjusted for holidays and vacations.  We believe DIS allows us to avoid the often lengthy and sometimes unpredictable sales cycle associated with capital equipment sales in a hospital or physician practice setting.   We experience some seasonality in our DIS business as a result of holidays, inclement weather and summer slowdowns, principally relating to vacations. Historically, these variables have had the most effect on our third quarter operating results.

 

Our product revenue results primarily from selling solid-state gamma cameras, imaging chairs, upgrades and accessories, such as printers, viewing workstations and networking solutions, and from our maintenance contracts. We sell our imaging systems to physician offices, hospitals and imaging centers primarily in the United States, although we have sold a small number of imaging systems internationally.  Currently, we purchase some components from sole source providers but are either qualifying or seeking second source providers in an effort to limit our reliance on these suppliers.

 

In 2000, we sold our first solid-state gamma camera and launched our DIS business. From 2000 to 2004, our consolidated annual revenues grew from $7.1 million to $68.1 million. DIS and product revenues accounted for 65.3% and 34.7%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to 62.0% and 38.0%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues for the prior year.

 

2004 Highlights

 

Consolidated revenue increased 21.2% to $68.1 million in 2004, primarily as a result of sales growth in our DIS business.  We experienced significant improvement in gross profit margin, principally as a result of decreased production costs and warranty expense attributable to product reliability improvements in our product business.  As a result, we achieved our first full year of profitability in 2004, recording net income of $0.2 million as compared to a net loss of $1.7 million in 2003.  Other significant highlights during 2004 included the consolidation of our manufacturing sites, research and development group, and corporate headquarters from several facilities to a single facility in Poway, California, the completion of our initial public offering in June and the expansion of our DIS business through the addition of five new DIS hubs and sites during the course of the year.

 

In September, we also introduced the Cardius-3, our dedicated cardiac triple-head camera which we believe is the only such camera currently on the market. The Cardius-3 imager provides high count imaging statistics and higher patient throughput.  It is capable of a sub-seven minute stress acquisition and thus, well suited for high volume cardiology practices, hospitals and outpatient imaging centers.  We sold the first two systems in the fourth quarter of 2004 and believe the system’s speed, improved throughput and flexibility will provide us significant advantages in seeking to penetrate the hospital and larger cardiology practice markets.

 

38



 

During 2004, our DIS business performed more than 89,000 studies.  We also saw an increase in year-over-year gross profit as a percentage of revenue.  In May 2004, we launched DigiTech, a personnel-only leasing service we offer to physicians who have purchased a Digirad camera.  DigiTech was priced at a lower per-day fee than our traditional DIS FlexImaging lease service offering, which led to a decline in our overall DIS gross margin during the second half of 2004.  Recognizing the value the DigiTech program brings to customers, we have now re-priced the program and anticipate this action to result in higher per-day revenue and margins in the future.  We expect the impact of the lower-margin DigiTech contracts to decline to insignificant levels by the end of the second quarter of 2005.  To a lesser extent, DIS gross profit and system utilization were also affected by expenses incurred to expand DIS operations, and by an increased number of DIS physicians purchasing cameras in the third quarter of 2004.  We believe that margins will increase as system utilization in the new geographies increases.

 

Our Market

 

According to industry sources, 18.4 million nuclear imaging procedures were performed in the United States in 2003, of which 10.2 million procedures were cardiac applications, a volume that is expected to grow by approximately 8% annually through 2005. We believe the growth in nuclear cardiology imaging will be driven by an increase in coronary heart disease resulting from the aging of baby boomers and the record rate of obesity and diabetes in all age groups.  We estimate that the 2004 growth rate for nuclear cardiology procedures performed in physician offices was approximately 15%, and that the growth rate in hospitals was approximately 4%.  These growth rates have slowed considerably in the last two years.  Nonetheless, we believe that the small size, mobility and throughput flexibility of our imaging systems offer us a significant competitive advantage in capitalizing on the shift in delivery of nuclear cardiology imaging services from hospitals to physician offices.  The target market for our products and services is the approximately 30,000 cardiologists in the United States that perform or could perform nuclear cardiology procedures, and we seek to increase our market penetration rate significantly. To date, we have sold or provided imaging services through DIS to approximately 600 physicians, or approximately 2% of cardiologists.  In 2004, DIS performed over 89,000 patient procedures, which was approximately 1% of the cardiac nuclear imaging procedures we estimate were performed in the United States during that year.

 

Our market may be affected by continuing pressures by third party payors to reduce health care expenditures.  For example, we are aware of a third party payor in a geographic location currently served by us that recently issued guidelines prohibiting our physician customers from obtaining reimbursement for procedures they perform unless they own or lease our cameras on a full time basis.  This payor is also requiring physicians to obtain accreditation or certification by either the Intersocietal Commission for the Accreditation of Nuclear Medicine Laboratories or the American College of Radiology, and to meet certain other privileging standards, in order to obtain reimbursement for nuclear imaging procedures.  The adoption of similar restrictions in other jurisdictions or by other payors, including Medicare, could force us to change our business model.

 

Trends and Drivers

 

We expect the majority of DIS growth in 2005 to come from our standard DIS FlexImaging service. Given our strategy to continue to expand the number of areas in which we offer DIS services and the recurring contractual revenue stream from our existing DIS business, we expect DIS revenue to continue to represent the majority of our consolidated revenues and to generate a majority of our consolidated earnings. We attribute the overall growth of our business to geographical expansion, increased market penetration, awareness and acceptance of our services and products, and the shift in the delivery of nuclear cardiology imaging procedures from hospitals to physician offices.  We believe that the increase in demand for our services and products is driven by the desire of cardiologists to control their patients’ diagnosis and treatment and to retain revenue for services that would otherwise be performed by a hospital or imaging center. The mobile feature of our technology also provides us with a significant advantage in the delivery of nuclear cardiology imaging services.

 

In 2005, we will focus on DIS expansion, margin improvement, customer care and clinical leadership in our field.  We will continue to invest in research and development initiatives to reduce product costs, enhance reliability and improve system sensitivity.   Because we own the products that we lease, we have at times been able to translate technical camera improvements into increased margins in our DIS business.  For example, our recently introduced Cardius-3 triple-head camera features high count imaging statistics and higher patient throughput.  We believe that a mobile version of the Cardius-3 now under development, subject to its successful beta-testing in the first half of 2005 and incremental roll-out into DIS in the second half of 2005, may result in improved revenue and higher margins in DIS.

 

39



 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth our results from operations, expressed as percentages of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIS

 

65.3

%

62.0

%

55.4

%

Product

 

34.7

 

38.0

 

44.6

 

Total revenues

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

Cost of revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIS

 

45.5

 

43.5

 

40.0

 

Product

 

22.0

 

26.8

 

32.8

 

Stock-based compensation

 

0.6

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

Total cost of revenues

 

68.1

 

70.5

 

73.1

 

Gross profit

 

31.9

 

29.5

 

26.9

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

4.4

 

3.9

 

7.1

 

Sales and marketing

 

11.2

 

10.7

 

19.4

 

General and administrative

 

14.3

 

14.4

 

22.9

 

Amortization and impairment of intangible assets

 

0.1

 

0.8

 

2.4

 

Stock-based compensation

 

1.1

 

0.2

 

1.2

 

Total operating expenses

 

31.1

 

30.0

 

53.0

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

0.8

 

(0.5

)

(26.1

)

Other income (expense)

 

(0.6

)

(2.5

)

(4.7

)

Accretion of deferred issuance costs on preferred stock

 

(0.2

)

(0.6

)

(0.6

)

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

 

%

(3.6

)%

(31.4

)%

 

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Revenues

 

Consolidated.     Consolidated revenues in 2004 increased to $68.1 million from $56.2 million in 2003, which represents an increase of $11.9 million, or 21.2%, primarily as a result of increased demand for our DIS services and our Cardius products. We believe that this increased demand was principally a result of increased customer awareness and acceptance of our products and services.  DIS and product revenue accounted for 65.3% and 34.7%, respectively, of total revenues in 2004, compared to 62.0% and 38.0%, respectively, in 2003. We expect DIS revenue to continue to represent a larger percentage of consolidated revenue.

 

DIS.     Our DIS revenue increased to $44.5 million in 2004 from $34.8 million in 2003, which represents an increase of $9.7 million, or 27.7%. The increase in DIS revenue resulted from an increase in the number of DIS service days to 12,003 for the year ended December 31, 2004 from 9,425 for the year ended December 31, 2003, which was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of physicians purchasing our DIS services. To respond to this demand, we deployed 17 additional systems in the year ended December 31, 2004. DIS revenue accounted for 65.3% of total revenues in 2004 versus 62.0% in 2003. Collectively, our DIS business operated 71 mobile and fixed site systems as of December 31, 2004.  Although average DIS revenue per day increased in 2004 as compared to 2003, the mid-2004 launch of our DigiTech leasing program, a personnel only service offered by DIS to physicians who have purchased a Digirad camera that is priced at a lower per-day fee than our traditional FlexImaging service offering, resulted in a decline in average DIS revenue per day during the second half of 2004.  We continue to anticipate that our DIS revenue will increase as we expand into new markets and continue to penetrate existing markets. Such growth will fluctuate, however, based on seasonality stemming from physician vacations, holidays, inclement weather and start up time required by sales representatives as we enter new geographies.

 

Product.     Our product revenue increased to $23.6 million in 2004 from $21.4 million in 2003, which represents an increase of $2.2 million, or 10.5%. This increase was due to increased sales of our gamma cameras, maintenance contract revenue, and, for the first time, upgrades from single-head cameras to multi-head cameras. We sold 85 cameras, not including upgrades, in 2004, compared to 79 cameras, without upgrades in 2003.  In 2004, we recorded revenue associated with the delivery of our first two Cardius-3 systems.  Product revenue accounted for 34.7% of total revenues for 2004 versus 38.0% in 2003. Maintenance contract revenues were $3.4 million in 2004 and $2.1 million in 2003.  We have experienced pricing pressures on our dual-head gamma cameras and, while we expect this pricing pressure to continue, we also anticipate demand will continue to increase, primarily for our Cardius family of

 

40



 

products, potentially reducing or offsetting the effects of these pricing pressures.

 

Gross Profit

 

Consolidated.     Consolidated gross profit increased to $21.8 million in 2004 from $16.6 million in 2003, which represents an increase of $5.2 million, or 31.3%. Consolidated gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased to 31.9% in 2004 from 29.5% in 2003 primarily as a result of an increase in revenue, and reductions in gamma camera production costs and per unit warranty costs.

 

DIS.      Cost of DIS revenue consists primarily of labor, radiopharmaceuticals, equipment depreciation and other costs associated with the provision of services.  Cost of DIS revenue increased to $31.0 million in 2004 from $24.5 million in 2003, representing an increase of $6.5 million, or 26.7%. DIS gross profit increased to $13.5 million in 2004 from $10.4 million in 2003, which represents an increase of $3.1 million, or 30.0%, as a result of increased volumes.  Our clinical and regulatory headcount relating to our DIS business increased to 163 employees at the end of 2004 from 137 employees at the end of 2003. DIS gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased to 30.3% in 2004 from 29.8% in 2003.  Although DIS gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased on a year-over-year basis, it declined in the second half of 2004 as a result of lower margin DigiTech leases and, to a lesser degree, to a decline in system utilization resulting from the expansion of our operations and an increased number of DIS customers purchasing nuclear gamma cameras in the third quarter of 2004.  Although we anticipate that we will continue to offer DigiTech lease services, we have re-priced the offering and anticipate an improvement in revenue per day and gross margin.  We expect the majority of the DIS growth in 2005 to come from our standard DIS FlexImaging service.

 

Product.     Cost of goods sold primarily consists of materials, labor and overhead costs associated with the manufacturing and warranty of our products. Warranty costs are charged to cost of goods sold in the period our cameras are sold and are based on our historical experience with failure rates and repair costs.  Cost of goods sold decreased to $15.0 million in 2004 from $15.1 million in 2003, which represents a decrease of $0.1 million, or 0.7%. Product gross profit increased to $8.6 million in 2004 from $6.3 million in 2003, which represents an increase of $2.3 million, or 37.2%, primarily as a result of increased manufacturing volumes and reduced per unit costs resulting from lower warranty costs, fewer and less expensive materials and more efficient manufacturing processes used to build our third-generation camera heads introduced in July 2003. Our third-generation camera heads consist of fewer and less expensive materials than our earlier generation camera heads and are produced using more efficient processes that have reduced labor and overhead costs compared to historical rates. Product gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased to 36.6% in 2004 from 29.4% in 2003.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Research and Development.   Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs associated with the design, development, testing, and enhancement of our products. The primary costs are salaries and fringe benefits, consulting fees, facilities and overhead costs and nonrecurring engineering costs.  Research and development expenses increased to $3.0 million in 2004 from $2.2 million in 2003, which represents an increase of $0.8 million, or 36.1%.  This increase was primarily attributable to increased employee headcount to develop new products such as the Cardius-3 which was introduced into the marketplace at the end of the third quarter of 2004.  Research and development headcount increased to 22 employees in 2004 from 16 employees in 2003.  Our research and development efforts occur principally within our products segment.  In the future, we expect to continue to invest between approximately 10% and 13% of the revenue of this segment on research and development as we innovate and seek to continue to improve our existing technology.

 

Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissions, bonuses, recruiting costs, travel, marketing and collateral materials and tradeshow costs.  Sales and marketing expenses increased to $7.6 million in 2004 from $6.0 million in 2003, representing an increase of $1.6 million, or 26.9%.  This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel and the expansion of our marketing efforts.  In 2004, sales and marketing expenses were 11.2% of total revenue versus 10.7% in 2003.   We expect to increase our sales and marketing effort, as we expand the locations in which we expect to perform DIS services and focus on increasing market awareness of our products and offerings, including the recently released Cardius-3.

 

General and Administrative.     General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs for finance and accounting, human resources and other personnel, as well as legal and other professional fees and insurance. General and administrative expenses increased to $9.8 million in 2004 from $8.1 million in 2003, which represents an increase of $1.7 million, or 20.6%.  Increases in headcount and recruiting costs, insurance, professional fees and other costs primarily related to operating as a public company all contributed to increased general and administrative expenses.  General and administrative headcount was increased by 15 employees by the end of 2004 to 48 employees versus 33 employees at the end of 2003. In 2004, general and administrative expenses amounted to 14.3% of total revenue which represented a slight decrease from 14.4% in 2003.  As a result of our initial public offering, we will be required to incur additional general and administrative costs in the future to meet various public reporting and compliance requirements.  In addition, in the normal course of business, we have been and will likely continue to be

 

41



 

subject to routine litigation incidental to our business, such as claims related to customer disputes, employment practices, product liability, warranty or patent infringement. As we continue to grow, we anticipate that the volume of these claims is likely to increase at a corresponding rate.  The substantial costs of litigation or an unexpected adverse outcome could materially increase our anticipated operating expenses.

 

Amortization and Impairment of Intangible Assets.     Amortization and impairment of intangibles decreased to $0.1 million in 2004 from $0.4 million in 2003. The decline from 2003 to 2004 was principally a result of impairment charges recorded in 2003 associated with purchased contracts.

 

Stock-Based Compensation Charges.     Deferred compensation for stock options granted to employees has been determined as the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options or awards issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 123 and periodically remeasured in accordance with EITF 96-18 and recognized over the respective service or vesting period. These amounts are initially recorded as a component of stockholders’ equity and are amortized, on an accelerated basis, as a non-cash charge to cost of revenues and operations over the vesting period of the options.  In connection with the grant of stock options to employees, we recorded as amortization of stock-based compensation of $1.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

Interest income increased to $0.6 million in 2004 from negligible amounts in 2003, primarily due to higher average cash and investment balances in 2004 as a result of our initial public offering, which closed in June 2004.

 

Interest expense decreased to $0.9 million in 2004 from $1.4 million in 2003, which represents a decrease of $0.5 million, or 38.0%. The reduction is a result of lower balances on our two credit lines and a reduction of amounts outstanding under capital leases.

 

Net Income (Loss)

 

Our net income was $0.2 million in 2004 compared to a net loss of $1.7 million in 2003, which represents an increase of $1.9 million, as a result of the factors described above.

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002

 

Revenues

 

Consolidated.     Consolidated revenues in 2003 increased to $56.2 million from $41.5 million in 2002, which represents an increase of $14.7 million, or 35.4%, primarily as a result of increased demand for our DIS services and our Cardius products.

 

DIS.     Our DIS revenue increased to $34.8 million in 2003 from $23.0 million in 2002, which represents an increase of $11.8 million, or 51.5%. The increase in DIS revenue resulted from an increase in the number of DIS service days from 6,567 for the year ended December 31, 2002 to 9,425 for the year ended December 31, 2003, which was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of physicians purchasing our DIS services. To respond to this demand, we deployed eight additional mobile systems in the year ended December 31, 2003. DIS revenue accounted for 62.0% of total revenues in 2003 versus 55.4% in 2002. Collectively, our DIS business operated 54 mobile and fixed site systems as of December 31, 2003.

 

Product.     Our product revenue increased to $21.4 million in 2003 from $18.5 million in 2002, which represents an increase of $2.9 million, or 15.4%. This increase was due to increased sales of our gamma cameras and maintenance contract revenue. We sold 79 cameras in 2003 compared to 75 cameras in 2002. Product revenue accounted for 38.0% of total revenues for 2003 versus 44.6% in 2002. Maintenance contract revenues were $2.1 million in 2003 and $521,000 in 2002.

 

Gross Profit

 

Consolidated.     Consolidated gross profit increased to $16.6 million in 2003 from $11.2 million in 2002, which represents an increase of $5.4 million, or 48.2%. Consolidated gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased to 29.5% in 2003 from 26.9% in 2002 primarily as a result of an increase in revenue, lower per unit DIS imaging service cost and product cost reductions.

 

DIS.     Our clinical and regulatory headcount relating to our DIS business increased to 137 employees at the end of 2003 from 112 employees at the end of 2002. Cost of DIS revenue increased to $24.5 million in 2003 from $16.6 million in 2002, which represents an increase of $7.9 million, or 47.4%. DIS gross profit increased to $10.4 million in 2003 from $6.4 million in 2002, which represents an increase of $4.0 million, or 62.1%, as a result of increased volumes and reductions in the per unit cost of various items consumed in providing the imaging services. DIS gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased to 29.8% in 2003 from 27.8% in

 

42



 

2002.

 

Product.    Cost of goods sold increased to $15.1 million in 2003 from $13.6 million in 2002, which represents an increase of $1.5 million, or 10.7%. Product gross profit increased to $6.3 million in 2003 from $4.9 million in 2002, which represents an increase of $1.4 million, or 28.6%, as a result of the increase in the volume of cameras produced, fewer and lower-cost materials and more efficient manufacturing processes due to the introduction of our third-generation camera heads. Our third-generation camera heads consist of fewer and lower-cost materials than our earlier generation camera heads and are produced using more efficient processes that have reduced overhead and labor costs compared to historical rates. Product gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased to 29.4% in 2003 from 26.4% in 2002.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Research and Development.     Research and development expenses decreased to $2.2 million in 2003 from $3.0 million in 2002, which represents a decrease of $776,000, or 26.2%, primarily as a result of our efforts to develop and launch our Cardius camera product line in 2002. Research and development headcount increased to 16 employees in 2003 from 14 employees in 2002.

 

Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses decreased to $6.0 million in 2003 from $8.1 million in 2002, which represents a decrease of $2.1 million, or 25.5%. In late 2002, we restructured the management of the sales organization and modified the compensation structure, resulting in a significant reduction in sales expense both in dollars and as a percent of revenue. In 2003, sales and marketing expenses were 10.7% of total revenue versus 19.4% in 2002.

 

General and Administrative.     General and administrative expenses decreased to $8.1 million in 2003 from $9.5 million in 2002, which represents a decrease of $1.4 million, or 14.7%. Reduced outside legal expenses, which were partially offset by the addition of in-house general counsel, and a reduction in headquarters headcount, all contributed to lower general and administrative expenses. General and administrative headcount was reduced by one employee by the end of 2003 to 33 employees versus 34 employees at the end of 2002. In 2003, general and administrative expenses amounted to 14.4% of total revenue versus 22.9% in 2002.

 

Amortization and Impairment of Intangible Assets.     Amortization and impairment of intangibles decreased to $444,000 in 2003 from $1.0 million in 2002. The significant decline from 2002 to 2003 was principally a result of impairment charges recorded in 2002 associated with these purchased contracts.

 

Stock-Based Compensation Charges.     In connection with the grant of stock options to employees, we recorded as amortization of stock-based compensation of $226,000 and $606,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

Interest expense decreased to $1.4 million in 2003 from $2.0 million in 2002, which represents a decrease of $558,000, or 28.1%. The reduction is a result of a decrease in the variable interest rates on two accounts receivable credit lines and a reduction on capital leases, and $243,000 of debt discount associated with our $1.9 million bridge financing in 2002.

 

Interest income decreased to $35,000 in 2003 from $65,000 in 2002, which represents a decrease of $30,000, or 45.6%, primarily due to lower interest rates in 2003 on cash and cash equivalent accounts.

 

Net Loss

 

Net loss decreased to $1.7 million in 2003 from $12.8 million in 2002, which represents a decrease of $11.1 million, or 86.8%, as a result of the factors described above.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

General

 

We require capital principally for working capital, debt service and capital expenditures.  Working capital is required principally to finance accounts receivable and inventory.  Our working capital requirements vary from period to period depending on manufacturing volumes, the timing of deliveries and the payment cycles of our customers.  Our capital expenditures consist primarily of DIS cameras and vans, computer hardware and software.  We have historically funded our operations principally through private placements of equity securities.  We completed seven private placements of preferred stock between March 1995 and June 2002, yielding aggregate net proceeds of approximately $83.5 million. In June 2004, we completed our initial public offering and received net proceeds of $58.8 million, a portion of which were used to retire existing debt.  Based upon our current level of expenditures, we believe the proceeds from our initial public offering, together with cash flows from operating activities will be adequate to meet our

 

43



 

anticipated cash requirements for working capital, debt service and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months.

 

As of December 31, 2004, cash and cash equivalents and investments totaled $55.6 million compared to $7.7 million at December 31, 2003. We currently invest our cash reserves in money market funds, high-grade auction rate securities and U.S. government or corporate debt securities.

 

Net cash provided by operations was $6.0 million in 2004.  Net cash provided by operating activities during 2004 was primarily the result of the improvement in our operating results, a decrease in accounts receivable and increases in inventory and accounts payable, augmented by non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization of stock-based compensation.

 

Accounts receivable were $10.0 million and $12.2 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The decrease at the end of 2004 compared to the end of 2003, was as the result of a reduction in DSO at both our DIS and product businesses.  Inventories were $7.0 million and $3.7 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase at the end of 2004 compared to the end of 2003 was a result of our carrying more inventories at the end of 2004 as we ramp up for anticipated growth. The increase in accounts payable is primarily associated with increased operational volumes.

 

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to approximately $48.8 million in 2004, and reflects the investment of the proceeds from our initial public offering and capital expenditures primarily associated with our DIS operations.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to approximately $46.4 million in 2004. Proceeds from the initial public offering less amounts paid under credit line borrowings and capital lease obligations and notes payable to stockholders were primarily responsible for the net cash provided by financing activities in 2004.  Subsequent to December 31, 2004, we repaid $2.0 million of our capital lease obligations in advance of their scheduled maturity.

 

Debt Service

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had capital lease obligations totaling $4.0 million. These obligations are secured by the specific equipment financed under each lease and will be repaid monthly over the lease terms, which range from 36 to 63 months. Our DIS subsidiary entered into the majority of these capital lease obligations.

 

We are committed to making future cash payments on capital leases (including interest) and operating leases. We have not guaranteed the debt of any other party. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

Contractual obligations

 

Total

 

Less than 1 year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

More than 5 years

 

Capital lease obligations

 

$

4,441

 

$

3,240

 

$

1,105

 

$

96

 

$

 

Operating lease obligations

 

3,595

 

905

 

1,502

 

1,096

 

92

 

Total

 

$

8,036

 

$

4,145

 

$

2,607

 

$

1,192

 

$

92

 

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2004, we repaid $2.0 million of our capital lease obligations in advance of their scheduled maturity.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission defines critical accounting policies as those that are, in management’s opinion, very important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require our management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments. In preparing our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, we must often make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and during the reporting period. Some of those judgments can be subjective and complex. Consequently, actual results could differ from our estimates. The accounting policies that are most subject to important estimates or assumptions include those described below.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We recognize revenue in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 when all of the following four criteria are met:

 

1.             A contract or sales arrangement exists;

2.             Products have been shipped and title has transferred or services have been rendered;

3.             The price of the products or services is fixed or determinable; and

 

44



 

4.             Collectibility is reasonably assured.

 

Our DIS revenue is recorded once the services and disposables are provided and consumed, which is normally on the day of the service. For our product revenue, these criteria are usually met upon delivery.  Reductions to our DIS revenue are recorded to provide for payment adjustments and credit memos. In addition, we establish reserves against our DIS revenue to allow for uncollectible items relating to patient co-payments and contractual allowances and other adjustments, based on historical collection experience. Reductions to product revenue are recorded to provide for payment adjustments and credit memos and historically have not been significant.

 

Reserves for Doubtful Accounts, Billing Adjustments and Contractual Allowances

 

Historically, the need to estimate reserves for accounts receivable has been limited to our DIS business. We provide reserves for billing adjustments, contractual allowances and doubtful accounts. DIS payment adjustments and credit memos are adjustments for billing errors that are normally adjusted within the first 90 days subsequent to the performance of service, with the majority occurring within the first 30 days. Reserves are provided as a percentage of DIS revenue based on historical experience rate. We primarily bill the physicians under contract directly, but in a minority of cases, we were reimbursed under government programs, Medicare or by private insurance companies. We provide reserves for contractual allowances for billings to Medicare and insurance companies based on our collection experience rates. We use a combination of factors in evaluating the collectibility of accounts receivable. Each account is reviewed on at least a quarterly basis and a percentage varying from zero to 100% for each account is established. We do not establish reserves for accounts with a history of payment without disputes. We generally reserve between 15% and 100% of the outstanding balance for accounts that are more than 180 days late and/or under dispute. We reserve 100% of the outstanding balance for accounts that we believe constitute a high risk of default based on factors such as level of dispute, payment history and our knowledge of a customer’s inability to meet its obligations. We also consider bad debt write-off history. Our estimates of collectibility could be reduced by material amounts by changed circumstances, such as a higher number of defaults or material adverse changes in a payor’s ability to meet its obligations.  The provisions for billing adjustments and contractual allowances are charged against DIS revenues and the provision for doubtful accounts is charged to general and administrative expenses.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

We state property and equipment and purchased contracts at cost. We capitalize betterments, which extend the useful life of the equipment. We calculate depreciation on property and equipment and purchased contracts on the straight-line method over the estimated useful live (three to seven years for property and equipment and five years for purchased contracts) of the assets. We follow Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , which requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. If such assets are considered to be impaired, we measure the impairment be recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. We have taken impairment charges on certain customer contracts purchased during 2000 from Nuclear Imaging Systems, Inc. and Florida Cardiology, Inc. Assets are examined for impairment annually or more frequently if events occur that may indicate a potential asset impairment.

 

Inventory

 

We state inventories at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market (net realizable value). Costs include material, labor and manufacturing overhead costs.  We review our inventory balances monthly for excess sale products or obsolete inventory levels. Except where firm orders are on-hand, we consider inventory quantities of sale products in excess of the next 12 months’ demand as excess and reserve for them at levels between 20% and 50% of cost, depending on our knowledge and forecast for the product. We establish obsolescence reserves on an increasing basis from 0% for active, high-demand products, to 100% for obsolete products. We review the reserve periodically and, if necessary, make adjustments. We rely on historical information to support our reserve and utilize management’s business judgment. Once the inventory is written down, we do not adjust the reserve balance until the inventory is sold.

 

Warranty

 

We provide a warranty on certain of our products and accrue the estimated cost at the time revenue is recorded. Historically, the warranty periods have ranged from 12 months up to 24 months. Since July 2002, substantially all of the warranty periods have been 12 months before customer-sponsored maintenance begins. Warranty reserves are established based on historical experience with failure rates and repair costs and the number of units at customers covered by warranty. We review warranty reserves monthly and, if necessary, make adjustments.

 

45



 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), Share Based Payment (SFAS 123R), which is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123).  This statement supercedes APB Opinion 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), and amends FASB Statement No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows .  Generally, the approach in SFAS 123R is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123; however, SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values.  Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

 

SFAS 123R permits companies to adopt its requirements using either a “modified prospective” method or a “modified retrospective” method.  Under the “modified prospective” method, compensation cost is recognized in the financial statements beginning with the effective date, based on the requirements of SFAS 123R for all share-based payments granted after that date, and based on the requirements for SFAS 123 for all unvested awards granted prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R.  Under the “modified retrospective” method, the requirements are the same as under the “modified prospective” method, but also permits companies to restate financial statements of previous periods based on pro forma disclosures made in accordance with SFAS 123.  We currently utilize the Black-Scholes model to measure the fair value of stock options granted to employees under the pro forma disclosure requirements if FAS 123.  While SFAS 123R permits companies to continue to use such model, it also permits the use of a “lattice” model.  We have not yet determined which method or model it will use to measure the fair value of employee stock options under the adoption for SFAS 123R.  The new standard is effective for periods beginning after June 15, 2005, and we expect to adopt SFAS 123R on July 1, 2005.

 

We currently account for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, recognize no compensation cost for employee stock options granted with exercise prices equal to or greater than the fair value of our common stock on the date of the grant.  Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS 123R’s fair value method is expected to result in significant non-cash charges which will increase our reported cost of revenues and operating expenses, however, it will have no impact on our cash flows.  The impact of adoption of SFAS 123R cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on the level of share-based payments granted in the future and the model we choose to use.  However, had we adopted SFAS 123R in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of SFAS 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net loss and earnings above.

 

 

 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Our exposure to market risk due to changes in interest rates relates primarily to the increase or decrease in the amount of interest income we can earn on our investment portfolio. Our risk associated with fluctuating interest rates is limited to our investments in interest rate sensitive financial instruments. Under our current policies, we do not use interest rate derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate changes. We attempt to increase the safety and preservation of our invested principal funds by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. We mitigate default risk by investing in investment grade securities. A hypothetical 100 basis point adverse move in interest rates along the entire interest rate yield curve would not materially affect the fair value of our interest sensitive financial instruments due to their relatively short term nature. Declines in interest rates over time will, however, reduce our interest income while increases in interest rates over time will increase our interest income.

 

  

 

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

See the list of financial statements filed with this report under Item 15 below.

 

 

 

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management

 

46



 

is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

 

As required by Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 13a-15(b), we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on the foregoing, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

 

There has been no change in our internal controls over financial reporting during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

 

 

 

Item 9B  Other Information

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Annual Meeting of our Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which is expected to be filed not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, and is incorporated in this report by reference.

 

 

 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

 

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this report by reference.

 

 

 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this report by reference.

 

 

 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this report by reference.

 

 

 

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this report by reference.

 

47



 

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)  Documents filed as part of this report.

 

1.     The following financial statements of Digirad Corporation and Report of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, are included in this report:

 

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

 

2.     Financial statement schedules.

 

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

Reserve for bad debt (1)

 

Reserves for billing adjustments and contractual allowances (2)

 

Reserve for excess and obsolete inventories (3)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2001

 

$

486

 

$

350

 

$

192

 

Provision

 

719

 

938

 

235

 

Write-offs and recoveries, net

 

(735

)

(1,087

)

(188

)

Balance at December 31, 2002

 

470

 

201

 

239

 

Provision

 

299

 

513

 

177

 

Write-offs and recoveries, net

 

(394

)

(456

)

(80

)

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

375

 

258

 

336

 

Provision

 

343

 

1,062

 

258

 

Write-offs and recoveries, net

 

(68

)

(1,154

)

(179

)

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

$

650

 

$

166

 

$

415

 


(1)      The provision was charged against operating expenses.

 

(2)      The provision was charged against revenue.

 

(3)      The provision was charged against cost of revenues.

 

No other financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

48



 

3.                   List of exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K.  See part (b) below.

 

(b)   Exhibits.  The following exhibits are filed as a part of this report:

 

 

Exhibit Number

 

Description

3.1(1)

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation

3.2(1)

 

Restated Bylaws.

4.1(2)

 

Form of Specimen Stock Certificate.

4.2(3)

 

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among Digirad Corporation and the investors listed on the schedule attached thereto, dated April 23, 2002, as amended.

10.1(2)†

 

License Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and the Regents of the University of California dated May 19, 1999, as amended.

10.2(1)†

 

Amendment to License Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and the Regents of the University of California, dated July 26, 2004.

10.3(2)†

 

Software License Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and Segami Corporation, dated June 16, 1999, as amended.

10.4+

 

Addendum to Software License Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and Segami Corporation, dated June 16, 1999, as amended.

10.5(2)†

 

License Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and Cedars-Sinai Health System, dated May 22, 2001.

10.6(2)†

 

License Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and Cedars-Sinai Health System, dated April 1, 2003.

10.7(2)†

 

Development and Supply Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and QuickSil, Inc., dated June 18, 1999.

10.8(2)

 

Loan and Security Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and Silicon Valley Bank, dated July 31, 2001, as amended.

10.9(2)

 

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit executed by Silicon Valley Bank in favor of Digirad Corporation, dated November 5, 2003.

10.10(2)

 

Loan Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and Gerald G. Loehr Trust, dated September 1, 1993, as amended.

10.11(4)

 

Amendment to Loan Agreement dated effective August 9, 2004, by and between Digirad Corporation and the Gerald G. Loehr Separate Property Trust.

10.12(2)

 

Loan Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and Clinton L. Lingren, dated September 1, 1993, as amended.

10.13(2)

 

Loan Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and Jack F. Butler, dated September 1, 1993, as amended.

10.14(2)

 

Equipment Lease Agreement by and between Orion Imaging Systems, Inc. and MarCap Corporation, dated October 1, 2000.

10.15(2)

 

Equipment Lease Agreement by and between Digirad Imaging Solutions, Inc. and MarCap Corporation, dated June 13, 2003.

10.16(2)

 

Master Equipment Lease Agreement by and between Digirad Imaging Solutions, Inc. and DVI Financial Services, Inc., dated May 24, 2001.

10.17(2)

 

Sublease Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation as sub-lessee and REMEC, Inc. as sub-lessor, dated November 3, 2003.

10.18(2)#

 

1991 Stock Option Program Stock Option Agreement.

10.19(2)#

 

1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as amended.

10.20#

 

1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as amended.

10.21(1)#

 

2004 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.22 #

 

Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement for 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.23(2)#

 

2004 Non-Employee Director Option Program.

10.24 #

 

Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement for 2004 Non-Employee Director Option Program.

10.25(2)#

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

10.26(2)#

 

Letter Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and David M. Sheehan, dated June 11, 2002.

10.27 #

 

Summary of Named Executive Officers’ Compensation.

10.28 #

 

Summary of Directors’ Compensation.

10.29(2)

 

Loan and Security Agreement by and between Orion Imaging Systems, Inc., Digirad Imaging Systems, Inc. and Heller Healthcare Finance, Inc., dated January 9, 2001, as amended.

10.30(2)

 

Master Lease Agreement by and between Digirad Corporation and GE Healthcare Financial Services, dated September 26, 2000.

10.31(2)†

 

Agreement for Services by and between Digirad Imaging Solutions, Inc. and MBR Associates, Inc., dated April 1, 2002.

 

49



 

Exhibit Number

 

Description

10.32(2)

 

Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock by and among Digirad Corporation and the investors listed on the schedule attached thereto.

10.33(2)

 

Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock by and among Digirad Corporation and the investors listed on the schedule attached thereto.

10.34(2)

 

Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock by and among Digirad Corporation and the investors listed on the schedule attached thereto.

10.35(2)

 

Warrant to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock by and between Digirad Corporation and Silicon Valley Bank, dated July 31, 2001.

10.36(2)

 

Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock by and among Digirad Corporation and the investors listed on the schedule attached thereto.

10.37(2)

 

Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock by and among Digirad Corporation and the investors listed on the schedule attached thereto.

10.38(2)

 

Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock by and between Digirad Corporation and the investors listed on the schedule attached thereto.

10.39(1)

 

Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock by and between Digirad Corporation and the investors listed on the schedule attached thereto.

10.40(3)

 

Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock by and between Digirad Corporation and the investors listed on the schedule attached thereto.

14.1

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

21.1(2)

 

Subsidiaries of Digirad Corporation.

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


(1)

This exhibit was previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q originally filed with the Commission on August 11, 2004, as amended thereafter, and is incorporated herein by reference.

(2)

This exhibit was previously filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-113760) originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 19, 2004, as amended thereafter, and is incorporated herein by reference.

(3)

This exhibit was previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 2, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.

(4)

This exhibit was previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 7, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Digirad Corporation has been granted confidential treatment with respect to certain portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks), which have been filed separately with the Commission.

+

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Commission.

#

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

50



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION

 

 

 

 Dated: March 3, 2005

By:

/s/ David M. Sheehan

 

Name:

David M. Sheehan

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Name

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David M. Sheehan

 

 

 

 

David M. Sheehan

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

( Principal Executive Officer )

 

March 3, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Todd P. Clyde

 

 

 

 

Todd P. Clyde

 

Chief Financial Officer

( Principal Financial and Accounting Officer )

 

March 3, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Timothy J. Wollaeger

 

 

 

 

Timothy J. Wollaeger

 

Director ( Chairman of the Board of Directors )

 

March 3, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gerhard Burbach

 

 

 

 

Gerhard Burbach

 

Director

 

March 3, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Raymond V. Dittamore

 

 

 

 

Raymond V. Dittamore

 

Director

 

March 3, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. King Nelson

 

 

 

 

R. King Nelson

 

Director

 

March 3, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kenneth E. Olson

 

 

 

 

Kenneth E. Olson

 

Director

 

March 3, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas Reed, M.D.

 

 

 

 

Douglas Reed, M.D.

 

Director

 

March 3, 2005

 

51



 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

 

F-1



 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Digirad Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Digirad Corporation as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004.  Our audits also include the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a).  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Digirad Corporation at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

San Diego, California

February 16, 2005

 

F-2



 

Digirad Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except par value amounts)

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

11,348

 

$

7,681

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

44,215

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

10,017

 

12,195

 

Inventories, net

 

6,980

 

3,709

 

Other current assets

 

1,620

 

855

 

Total current assets

 

74,180

 

24,440

 

Property and equipment, net

 

11,182

 

10,087

 

Intangibles, net

 

542

 

512

 

Restricted cash

 

120

 

120

 

Total assets

 

$

86,024

 

$

35,159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

4,313

 

$

3,036

 

Accrued compensation

 

2,410

 

1,893

 

Accrued warranty

 

1,219

 

1,051

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

2,651

 

2,649

 

Deferred revenue

 

2,344

 

1,514

 

Current portion of notes payable to stockholders

 

 

245

 

Current portion of debt

 

2,228

 

11,474

 

Total current liabilities

 

15,165

 

21,862

 

Deferred rent

 

371

 

 

Notes payable to stockholders, net of current portion

 

 

490

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

1,754

 

4,232

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: no shares and 46,023 shares authorized at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively; no shares and 43,555 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively

 

 

84,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 10,000 and no shares authorized at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 150,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2004 and 2003; 18,075 and 24 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively

 

2

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

149,845

 

5,032

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(97

)

 

Deferred compensation

 

(920

)

(555

)

Accumulated deficit

 

(80,096

)

(80,180

)

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

68,734

 

(75,703

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

$

86,024

 

$

35,159

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3



 

Digirad Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIS

 

$

44,505

 

$

34,848

 

$

23,005

 

Product

 

23,632

 

21,388

 

18,527

 

Total revenues

 

68,137

 

56,236

 

41,532

 

Cost of revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIS

 

31,005

 

24,463

 

16,599

 

Product

 

14,992

 

15,091

 

13,633

 

Stock-based compensation

 

381

 

114

 

124

 

Total cost of revenues

 

46,378

 

39,668

 

30,356

 

Gross profit

 

21,759

 

16,568

 

11,176

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

2,982

 

2,191

 

2,967

 

Sales and marketing

 

7,626

 

6,008

 

8,065

 

General and administrative

 

9,769

 

8,097

 

9,497

 

Amortization and impairment of intangible assets

 

64

 

444

 

1,011

 

Stock-based compensation

 

736

 

112

 

483

 

Total operating expenses

 

21,177

 

16,852

 

22,023

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

582

 

(284

)

(10,847

)

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

576

 

36

 

65

 

Interest expense

 

(888

)

(1,432

)

(1,990

)

Other expense

 

(25

)

 

 

Total other income (expense)

 

(337

)

(1,396

)

(1,925

)

Net income (loss)

 

245

 

(1,680

)

(12,772

)

Accretion of deferred issuance costs on preferred stock

 

(161

)

(326

)

(265

)

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

 

$

84

 

$

(2,006

)

$

(13,037

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share (1)

 

$

0.01

 

$

(127.62

)

$

(1,432.31

)

Shares used in per share computations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (1)

 

10,095

 

16

 

9

 

Diluted (1)

 

16,963

 

16

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The composition of stock-based compensation is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of product revenue

 

$

165

 

$

83

 

$

72

 

Cost of DIS revenue

 

216

 

31

 

52

 

Research and development

 

133

 

8

 

61

 

Sales and marketing

 

136

 

18

 

228

 

General and administrative

 

467

 

86

 

194

 

 

 

$

1,117

 

$

226

 

$

607

 


(1) As a result of the conversion of our preferred stock into 12.4 million shares of our common stock upon completion of our initial public offering in June 2004, there is a lack of comparability in the basic and diluted net income (loss) per share amounts for the periods presented above. Please refer to Note 1 for the pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share calculations for the periods presented.

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4



 

Digirad Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

Deferred Compensation

 

Notes receivable from stockholders

 

Accumulated deficit

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2001

 

7

 

$

 

$

4,245

 

$

 

$

(866

)

$

(77

)

$

(65,137

)

$

(61,835

)

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

 

7

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

Exercise of common stock options

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

Issuance of warrants to non-employees

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Issuance of warrants in connection with bridge financing

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

 

 

243

 

Reversal of deferred compensation resulting from forfeitures

 

 

 

(354

)

 

354

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred compensation

 

 

 

 

 

512

 

 

 

512

 

Forfeiture/reserve of notes receivable from shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

77

 

 

77

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,772

)

(12,772

)

Accretion of deferred issuance costs on preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(265

)

(265

)

Balance at December 31, 2002

 

14

 

 

4,246

 

 

 

 

(78,174

)

(73,928

)

Exercise of common stock options

 

10

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

 

781

 

 

(781

)

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred compensation

 

 

 

 

 

226

 

 

 

226

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,680

)

(1,680

)

Accretion of deferred issuance costs on preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(326

)

(326

)

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

24

 

 

5,032

 

 

(555

)

 

(80,180

)

(75,703

)

Exercise of common stock options and warrants

 

107

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

 

1,471

 

 

(1,471

)

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred compensation

 

 

 

 

 

1,106

 

 

 

1,106

 

Issuance of warrants to consultants

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

Issuance of common stock in initial public offering

 

5,500

 

1

 

58,813

 

 

 

 

 

58,814

 

Conversion of preferred stock into common stock

 

12,444

 

1

 

84,438

 

 

 

 

 

84,439

 

Accretion of deferred issuance costs on preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(161

)

(161

)

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

245

 

245

 

Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

(97

)

 

 

 

(97

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

148

 

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

18,075

 

$

2

 

$

149,845

 

$

(97

)

$

(920

)

$

 

$

(80,096

)

$

68,734

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5



 

Digirad Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

245

 

$

(1,680

)

$

(12,772

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

3,086

 

2,811

 

2,648

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

29

 

8

 

 

Amortization and impairment of intangible assets

 

64

 

444

 

967

 

Stock-based compensation

 

1,106

 

226

 

589

 

Amortization of debt discount related to warrants issued in conjunction with debt

 

 

 

335

 

Options, warrants and other equity instruments issued to non-employees

 

11

 

 

17

 

Amortization of premium/(discount) on securities available-for-sale

 

134

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

2,178

 

(4,327

)

(3,065

)

Inventories

 

(3,271

)

2,043

 

2,873

 

Other assets

 

(737

)

(346

)

168

 

Accounts payable

 

1,277

 

885

 

(2,313

)

Accrued compensation

 

517

 

172

 

(384

)

Accrued warranty and other accrued liabilities

 

542

 

(261

)

101

 

Deferred revenue

 

830

 

183

 

1,002

 

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

 

6,011

 

158

 

(9,834

)

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of securities available-for-sale

 

(77,969

)

 

 

Maturities of securities available-for-sale

 

33,523

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(4,210

)

(1,798

)

(1,653

)

Other assets

 

(94

)

(181

)

(113

)

Net cash used by investing activities

 

(48,750

)

(1,979

)

(1,766

)

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net issuances of common stock

 

58,865

 

5

 

46

 

Net borrowings (payments) under lines of credit

 

(9,356

)

3,139

 

2,698

 

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

 

 

 

2,154

 

Repayment of obligation under notes payable

 

 

 

(2,106

)

Net proceeds from sale of preferred stock

 

 

 

15,550

 

Proceeds from capital lease financing

 

312

 

1,531

 

 

Repayment of obligations under capital leases

 

(2,680

)

(2,161

)

(1,721

)

Repayment of notes receivable from stockholders

 

(735

)

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

46,406

 

2,514

 

16,621

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

3,667

 

693

 

5,021

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

7,681

 

6,988

 

1,967

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

11,348

 

$

7,681

 

$

6,988

 

Supplemental information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for interest

 

$

894

 

$

1,326

 

$

1,504

 

Conversion of bridge notes into preferred stock

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,575

 

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

 

$

84,439

 

$

 

$

48

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6



 

Digirad Corporation
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Organization and Business

 

Digirad Corporation (“Digirad”), a Delaware corporation, designs, develops, manufactures, markets, sells and services solid-state digital gamma cameras for use in nuclear medicine. Through two subsidiaries, Digirad Imaging Solutions, Inc. and Digirad Imaging Systems, Inc., collectively “DIS,” Digirad provides in-office services for physicians, offering certified personnel, required licensure, an imaging system and other support for the performance of nuclear imaging procedures under the supervision of our physician customers. DIS physician customers enter into annual lease contracts for imaging services delivered on a per-day basis.

 

 Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the operations of DIS. Inter-company accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

                 Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and disclosures made in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. Our significant estimates include the reserve for doubtful accounts, contractual allowances and revenue adjustments, the reserves for excess and obsolete inventories, the reserve for warranty costs and the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

 Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

We consider all investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents primarily represent funds invested in money market funds whose cost equals fair market value.

 

Investment Securities

 

Investment securities consist of high-grade auction rate securities and U.S. government or corporate debt securities. We classify all securities as available-for-sale, as the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity to implement management strategies. These securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities, if any, are determined on a specific identification basis. A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale security below cost that is determined to be other than temporary results in a revaluation of its carrying amount to fair value. The impairment is charged to earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the straight-line method.  Interest income is recognized when earned.

 

The composition of investments and gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Unrealized

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auction rate securities

 

$

19,150

 

$

 

$

 

$

19,150

 

Corporate debt securities

 

12,516

 

 

(75

)

12,441

 

U.S. government securities

 

12,646

 

 

(22

)

12,624

 

 

 

$

44,312

 

$

 

$

(97

)

$

44,215

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

We have primarily sold our products to customers in the United States and its possessions. Limited sales have also been made to customers in Canada, Japan and Russia. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, no product customer or DIS customer accounted for 10% or more of consolidated revenues.

 

F-7



 

The percentage of our net DIS revenue derived from governmental agencies such as Medicare, has continued to decline each year since services were initiated in 2000 to less than 3% of consolidated revenue in 2004.  We phased out our government billing model in August 2004, but still have a small amount of accounts receivable outstanding.

 

We maintain reserves for potential credit losses, billing adjustments and contractual allowances, which historically have been within management’s estimates.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on a first-in, first-out basis.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, including assets recorded under capital leases, are provided using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which is three to seven years, or the lease term, if applicable.

 

Intangibles

 

Intangibles include patents, trademarks and acquired customer contracts and are recorded at cost. Patents are amortized over the lesser of their estimated useful or legal lives (up to 20 years). Trademarks are amortized over 10 years. Acquired customer contracts are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which is generally five years.

 

 Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

We follow Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . The scope of SFAS No. 144 includes long-lived assets, or groups of assets, to be held and used as well as those which are to be disposed of by sale or by other method, but excludes a number of long-lived assets such as goodwill and intangible assets not being amortized under the application of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS No. 144 requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets.

 

During 2003 and 2002, we recorded $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively, for impairment on customer contracts acquired for DIS. No impairment charges were recorded in 2004. We regularly review the performance of these contracts, assessing each contract’s profitability and ability to generate cash flow. If profitability is marginal based on volumes and/or pricing, we attempt to negotiate a new contract or mutually agree with the physician to terminate the contract. If the contract is terminated, the remaining unamortized balance of the contract is written-off and recognized as an impairment loss in the period we determine the contract will be terminated.

 

 Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

 

We record all shipping and handling billings to a customer in a sales transaction as revenue earned for the goods provided in accordance with the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 00-10, Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs . Our revenues related to shipping and handling for all periods presented are immaterial. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenues and were $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

 Revenue Recognition

 

We recognize revenue when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectibility is reasonably assured. In addition, we comply with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (“SAB 104”). SAB 104 sets forth guidelines on the timing of revenue recognition based upon factors such as passage of title, installation, payment terms and customer acceptance.

 

We have two primary sources of revenue: 1) product sales, which includes the associated sale of maintenance services and 2) mobile in-office nuclear imaging services. Product revenues consist of revenues from the sales of gamma cameras and accessories and we recognize revenue upon delivery to customers. We also provide installation and training for camera sales in the United States.

 

F-8



 

Installation and training for sales outside of the United States is the responsibility of the distributors. Neither service is essential to the functionality of the product. Both services are performed shortly after delivery and represent an insignificant cost, which we accrue at the time revenue is recognized. We also sell or provide maintenance services beyond the first year following the purchase by the customer. Revenue from these contracts is deferred and recognized ratably over the period of the obligation and is included in product sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

DIS revenue is derived from our mobile in-office nuclear imaging services. Revenue related to mobile imaging services is recognized at the time services are performed and disposables are provided and collection is reasonably assured. No product sales are included in DIS revenue. DIS services are generally billed on a per-day basis under annual contracts which specify the number of days of service to be provided. If a physician fails to complete a minimum number of lease days in a given annual period, we have the right to bill the physician for the shortfall and only recognizes the revenue upon collection. No material amounts have been billed or recognized as revenue since inception for customers who do not schedule the minimal number of lease days. We are compensated for mobile imaging services provided to patients directly from the physicians under contract or, on a smaller scale, from certain programs administered by governmental agencies and private insurance companies.

 

 Stock-Based Compensation

 

We have elected to follow Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employee s, and related Interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options as permitted by SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . Under APB 25, if the exercise price of our employee stock options is not less than the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized. In determining the fair value of the common stock, the Board of Directors considered, among other factors, (i) the advancement of our technology, (ii) our financial position and (iii) the fair value of our common stock or preferred stock as determined in arm’s-length transactions. We recorded deferred stock compensation of $1,471,000 and $781,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively and, for the difference between the original exercise price per share determined by the Board of Directors and the estimate of fair value per share at the respective grant date. The approximate weighted average exercise price and approximate weighted average fair value per share for the 285,589 options granted during the year ended December 31, 2003 was $0.49 and $3.26, respectively. The approximate weighted average exercise price and approximate weighted average fair value per share for the 714,679 options granted during the year ended December 31, 2004 was $7.71and $6.02, respectively. Deferred stock compensation is recognized and amortized on an accelerated basis in accordance with FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 28, Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plan s, over the vesting period of the related options, generally four years. Deferred compensation for stock options and warrants granted to non-employees is recorded at fair value as determined in accordance with SFAS No. 123, and EITF No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services. The fair value of the unvested options, warrants, and other equity instruments is periodically re-measured and the related amortization is adjusted as necessary. Compensation expense related to stock options, warrants, and other equity instruments to acquire common stock issued to non-employees was $11,000 and $17,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2002, respectively. No material amounts of non-employee stock-based compensation were recorded in 2003.

 

The expected future amortization expense for deferred compensation as of December 31, 2004 (in thousands) is $564 in 2005, $270 in 2006, and $86 in 2007 for a total of $920.

 

Pro forma information regarding net loss is required by SFAS No.123, and has been determined as if we had accounted for all of its employee stock options under the fair value method of that statement.   Our adjusted net loss information is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders, as reported

 

$

84

 

$

(2,006

)

$

(13,037

)

Add: total stock-based employee compensation included in reported net loss

 

1,106

 

226

 

512

 

Less: total stock-based employee compensation determined under the fair value method for all awards

 

(2,104

)

(270

)

(1,288

)

Adjusted net loss

 

$

(914

)

$

(2,050

)

$

(13,813

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net (income) loss per share, as reported

 

$

0.01

 

$

(127.62

)

$

(1,432.31

)

Adjusted basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.09

)

$

(130.44

)

$

(1,517.58

)

 

The fair value of the options granted prior to the completion of our initial public offering was estimated at the date of grant using the minimum value pricing model. Upon completion of the initial public offering in June 2004, we began using the Black-Scholes

 

F-9



 

model to estimate fair value. The above results are not likely to be representative of the effects of applying SFAS No.123 on reported net income or loss for future years.

 

The following assumptions were utilized for the calculations during each year:

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

3.32

%

3.50

%

3.50

%

Expected volatility

 

43

%

%

%

Expected life (in years)

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

 

 Warranty

 

We provide a warranty on certain of our products and accrue the estimated cost at the time revenue is recorded. Warranty expense is charged to product cost of revenues. The majority of all warranty periods are 12 months before customer-sponsored maintenance begins. Warranty reserves are established based on historical experience with failure rates and repair costs and the number of gamma cameras covered by warranty. Warranty reserves are depleted as gamma cameras are repaired. The costs consist principally of materials, personnel, overhead and transportation. We review warranty reserves monthly and, if necessary, make adjustments. The activities in our warranty reserve are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$1,051

 

$858

 

$1,189

 

Charges to cost of revenues

 

1,670

 

1,961

 

1,636

 

Applied to liability

 

(1,502

)

(1,768

)

(1,967

)

Balance at end of year

 

$1,219

 

$1,051

 

$858

 

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

 

 Advertising Costs

 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands), were $454, $232 and $241, respectively.

 

 Net Income (Loss) Per Share

 

We calculate net income (loss) per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share . Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing the net income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing the net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period and the weighted average number of dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, common stock subject to repurchase by us, convertible preferred stock, options, and warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share when their effect is dilutive.

 

Upon the completion of our initial public offering, all of our previously outstanding preferred shares converted into 12.4 million shares of our common stock. As a result of the issuance of these common shares, there is a lack of comparability in both the basic and diluted net income (loss) per share amounts for the periods presented. In order to provide a more relevant measure of our operating results, an unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share calculation has been included. The shares used to compute unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share include the assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock using the as-if converted method as of the beginning of each period presented or the date of issuance, if later.

 

F-10



 

Historical and pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share were calculated as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Historical:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)—diluted

 

$

245

 

$

(1,680

)

$

(12,772

)

Accretion of deferred issuance costs on preferred stock

 

(161

)

(326

)

(265

)

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders—basic

 

$

84

 

$

(2,006

)

$

(13,037

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

 

10,095

 

16

 

9

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of preferred stock

 

5,489

 

 

 

Options

 

1,353

 

 

 

Warrants

 

26

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

 

16,963

 

16

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share applicable to common shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.01

 

$

(127.62

)

$

(1,432.31

)

Diluted

 

$

0.01

 

$

(127.62

)

$

(1,432.31

)

 

 

Pro forma (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)—basic and diluted

 

$

245

 

$

(1,680

)

$

(12,772

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

 

10,095

 

16

 

9

 

Pro forma adjustments to reflect weighted average effect of assumedconversion of preferred stock

 

5,489

 

12,444

 

7,857

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

 

15,584

 

12,460

 

7,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

 

10,095

 

16

 

9

 

Pro forma adjustments to reflect weighted average effect of assumed conversion of preferred stock

 

5,489

 

12,444

 

7,857

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

1,353

 

 

 

Warrants

 

26

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

 

16,963

 

12,460

 

7,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.02

 

$

(0.13

)

$

(1.62

)

Diluted

 

$

0.01

 

$

(0.13

)

$

(1.62

)

 

Potentially dilutive securities (in thousands) totaling 13,883 and 13,867 as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, were excluded from historical basic and diluted earnings per share because of their anti-dilutive effect.

 

F-11



 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), Share Based Payment (SFAS 123R), which is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123).  This statement supercedes APB Opinion 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), and amends FASB Statement No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows .  Generally, the approach in SFAS 123R is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123; however, SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values.  Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

 

SFAS 123R permits companies to adopt its requirements using either a “modified prospective” method or a “modified retrospective” method.  Under the “modified prospective” method, compensation cost is recognized in the financial statements beginning with the effective date, based on the requirements of SFAS 123R for all share-based payments granted after that date, and based on the requirements for SFAS 123 for all unvested awards granted prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R.  Under the “modified retrospective” method, the requirements are the same as under the “modified prospective” method, but also permits companies to restate financial statements of previous periods based on pro forma disclosures made in accordance with SFAS 123.  We currently utilize the Black-Scholes model to measure the fair value of stock options granted to employees under the pro forma disclosure requirements if FAS 123.  While SFAS 123R permits companies to continue to use such model, it also permits the use of a “lattice” model.  We have not yet determined which method or model it will use to measure the fair value of employee stock options under the adoption for SFAS 123R.  The new standard is effective for periods beginning after June 15, 2005, and we expect to adopt SFAS 123R on July 1, 2005.

 

We currently account for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, recognize no compensation cost for employee stock options granted with exercise prices equal to or greater than the fair value of our common stock on the date of the grant.  Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS 123R’s fair value method is expected to result in significant non-cash charges which will increase our reported cost of revenues and operating expenses, however, it will have no impact on our cash flows.  The impact of adoption of SFAS 123R cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on the level of share-based payments granted in the future and the model we choose to use.  However, had we adopted SFAS 123R in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of SFAS 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net loss and earnings above.

 

2. Financial Statement Details

 

The composition of certain balance sheet accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

 Accounts Receivable

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

10,833

 

$

12,829

 

Less reserves and allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(816

)

(634

)

 

 

$

10,017

 

$

12,195

 

 

 Inventories

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Raw materials

 

$

2,308

 

$

1,402

 

Work-in-progress

 

4,046

 

2,204

 

Finished goods

 

1,041

 

439

 

 

 

7,395

 

4,045

 

Less reserves for excess and obsolete inventories

 

(415

)

(336

)

 

 

$

6,980

 

$

3,709

 

 

F-12



 

 Property and Equipment

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Machinery and equipment

 

$

19,226

 

$

16,063

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

337

 

242

 

Computers and software

 

2,845

 

2,327

 

Leasehold improvements

 

516

 

940

 

Construction in process

 

22

 

136

 

 

 

22,946

 

19,708

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(11,764

)

(9,621

)

 

 

$

11,182

 

$

10,087

 

 

Intangibles

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Acquired customer contracts

 

$

245

 

$

245

 

Patents and trademarks

 

577

 

483

 

 

 

822

 

728

 

Less accumulated amortization

 

(280

)

(216

)

 

 

$

542

 

$

512

 

 

 Other Accrued Liabilities

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Sales tax payable

 

$

371

 

$

512

 

Radiopharmaceuticals and consumable medical supplies

 

555

 

606

 

License fees

 

184

 

264

 

Customer deposits

 

209

 

295

 

Legal costs

 

233

 

121

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

1,099

 

851

 

 

 

$

2,651

 

$

2,649

 

 

3. Debt

 

Debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Lines of credit

 

$

 

$

9,357

 

Capital lease obligations

 

3,982

 

6,349

 

 

 

3,982

 

15,706

 

Current portion of debt

 

(2,228

)

(11,474

)

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

$

1,754

 

$

4,232

 

 

During 2000 through 2004, we entered into a series of financing transactions structured as capital leases. The equipment, consisting of vans equipped with our mobile gamma cameras, is used by DIS to provide mobile nuclear imaging services. The initial terms of these leases range from 36 to 63 months. The cost of the equipment financed was $6.4 million ($3.4 million of accumulated depreciation) at December 31, 2004 and $6.5 million ($2.6 million of accumulated depreciation) at December 31, 2003.

 

In January 2005, we repaid $2.0 million of our capital lease obligations in advance of their scheduled maturity.

 

 

 Lines of Credit

 

In June 2004, we repaid the outstanding borrowings on both of our existing lines of credit. Both of these credit lines expired during the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

F-13



 

 Notes Payable to Stockholders

 

In January 2002, we issued and sold convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1.925 million bearing an annual interest rate of 12%. On May 7, 2002, holders of $1.425 million of the convertible promissory notes elected to convert the principal balance and outstanding interest on the notes into Series H preferred stock. The remaining convertible promissory note balance of $0.5 million, plus accrued interest was repaid in June 2002. In consideration for the bridge loans, we issued to the note holders warrants to purchase 227 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1,050.00 per share.

 

In March 2002, we borrowed $0.15 million from one of our stockholders under the terms of a secured loan bearing interest at 8% per annum. The loan plus accrued interest was converted into Series H preferred stock in June 2002.

 

As of December 31, 2003, we had notes payable to stockholders totaling $0.735 million that bear interest at 6.35% per year. As a condition to completing our initial public offering, we accelerated payments due under our notes payable to stockholders and issued warrants to these stockholders and their designees. Warrants to purchase 71,427 shares of common stock were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the fair value of these warrants was $0.5 million, which was charged to stockholders’ equity.

 

4.    Commitments and Contingencies

 

 Leases

 

We lease our facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire through 2010. Rent expense was $1.1 million, $1.0 million and $0.9 million (including common area charges) for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Annual future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Operating
Leases

 

Capital
Leases

 

2005

 

$

905

 

$

3,240

 

2006

 

807

 

822

 

2007

 

695

 

283

 

2008

 

558

 

96

 

2009

 

538

 

 

Thereafter

 

92

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

3,595

 

4,441

 

Less amount representing interest

 

 

 

(459

)

Present value of future minimum capital lease obligations

 

 

 

3,982

 

Less amounts due in one year

 

 

 

(2,228

)

Long-term portion of capital lease obligations

 

 

 

$

1,754

 

 

 

 

Compliance with Laws and Regulations

 

We are directly, or indirectly through our clients, subject to extensive regulation by both the federal government and the states and foreign countries in which we conduct business. The healthcare laws applicable to us are complex and are subject to variable interpretations. We have established a compliance program to help ensure that we will remain in compliance with the applicable healthcare laws and have instituted other safeguards intended to help prevent any violations of the laws and to remedy any situations that could give rise to violations.

 

In the first quarter of 2004, we discovered certain isolated arrangements entered into in good faith but that, upon review by our compliance personnel, raised some compliance concerns under these laws. In accordance with our compliance program, we took immediate remedial steps. While there have been no claims asserted against us, we cannot assure you that those remedial steps will insulate us from liability associated with these isolated arrangements. Although uncertain, if a claim were asserted and we were not to prevail, possible sanctions could have a material effect on our financial statements or our ability to conduct our operations.

 

F-14



 

On November 18, 2004, we received a notice of violation from the Maryland Department of the Environment, or Department, relating to our radioactive materials license.   The notice cited alleged violations related primarily to record-keeping and the failure to follow certain operating protocols.  We responded to the notice and then participated in a licensee management enforcement conference conducted by the Department in January 2005.  We have instituted corrective actions and made a supplemental submission to the Department in February.   If the Department concludes that corrective actions are not adequate, it could take escalated enforcement action, including the imposition of civil penalties of up to $10,000 per violation per day, or the modification, suspension or revocation of our license in Maryland.  While we believe we have fully addressed each of the Department’s concerns, we cannot assure you that this matter will be resolved in our favor.

 

Legal Matters

 

In January 2005, a complaint was served on a DIS customer physician, his medical practice and two DIS technicians, individually and in their capacity as agents of the medical practice.  The complaint was filed in Circuit Court of the Fifth Judicial Circuit County of Vermilion, Danville, Illinois and alleges negligence claims in connection with the death of a patient purportedly arising from the administration of a stress imaging test.  We have tendered the matter to the physician practice for indemnification and defense pursuant to our contract with the group.  While the technicians deny the allegations and we will vigorously defend them in the matter, if necessary, we cannot assure you that this matter will be resolved in their favor.

 

In the normal course of business, we have been and will likely continue to be subject to routine litigation incidental to our business, such as claims related to customer disputes, employment practices, product liability, warranty or patent infringement. Responding to litigation, regardless of whether it has merit, can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. We dispute the merits of all such current claims and plan to vigorously defend against them. However, as litigation is inherently uncertain, we cannot predict the outcome of such matters. We can provide no assurance that the ultimate outcome, either individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial statements.

 

5. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 Initial Public Offering

 

In June 2004, we completed an initial public offering whereby we sold 5,500,000 shares of common stock at $12 per share and received net proceeds of $58.8 million (after underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses).

 

Preferred stock

 

Deferred issuance costs for all series of preferred stock totaled $982,043 and were being accreted up to the redemption value of the related redeemable convertible preferred stock through July 31, 2004 (the earliest redemption date). Upon completion of our initial public offering and the related conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock to common stock, we ceased accreting up to the redemption value. We recorded accretion of deferred issuance costs on preferred stock of $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively

 

 Warrants

 

During the year ended December 31, 2002, in conjunction with sales and marketing arrangements, we issued warrants to purchase 57,144 shares of our common stock at $4.90 per share. In conjunction with consulting agreements, we issued warrants to purchase 16 shares of our common stock at $2,100.00 per share. The warrants are exercisable immediately, and expire five years from the date of issuance. The fair value of the warrants was $16,921.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003, in conjunction with sales and marketing arrangements, we issued warrants to purchase 429 shares of our common stock at $0.49 per share. The warrants are exercisable immediately and expire five years from the date of issuance. The fair value of the warrants was not material.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2004, in conjunction with various consulting arrangements, we issued warrants to purchase 5,715 shares of our common stock at $5.50 per share. The fair value of the warrants was $40,000.

 

All of the warrants were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: dividend yield of 0%; expected volatility of 75%; risk-free interest rates ranging from 3% to 6%; and a term of three years.

 

F-15



 

Stock Options

 

Under our 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, we are authorized to issue an aggregate of 1,400,000 shares of common stock.  The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan will be increased by any shares, up to a maximum of 1,500,000 shares, represented by awards under the 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan that are forfeited, expire or are cancelled.  Terms of any award of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights or dividend equivalent rights under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, including any vesting requirement (which is generally four years), are determined by the Board of Directors.  Options granted have a term of up to ten years.

 

Prior to the completion of our initial public offering in June 2004, we were authorized to issue an aggregate of 1,682,807 shares of common stock under our 1991 Stock Option Program, 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and no additional awards may now be made under such plans.  Terms of the stock option agreements, including any vesting requirement (which is generally four years), were determined by the Board of Directors.  Upon grant, the options were generally exercisable immediately; however, any exercised but unvested shares remain subject to repurchase by us at the original exercise price. Options granted have a term of up to ten years.

 

The following table summarizes option activity under the stock option plans (in thousands, except weighted average exercise price):

 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted average
exercise price

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2001

 

8

 

$

471.80

 

Granted

 

1,462

 

$

0.68

 

Cancelled

 

(106

)

$

16.64

 

Exercised

 

 

$

625.76

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2002

 

1,364

 

$

2.29

 

Granted

 

286

 

$

0.49

 

Cancelled

 

(260

)

$

2.84

 

Exercised

 

(10

)

$

0.49

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2003

 

1,380

 

$

1.83

 

Granted

 

715

 

$

7.71

 

Cancelled

 

(78

)

$

7.33

 

Exercised

 

(86

)

$

0.49

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

 

1,931

 

$

3.84

 

 

Following is a further breakdown of the options outstanding as of December 31, 2004 (in thousands):

 

Exercise
price

 

Options
outstanding

 

Weighted
average contractual
life in years

 

Weighted
average exercise
price of options
outstanding

 

Vested
options

 

Weighted
average exercise
price of vested
options

 

$0.49

 

1,252

 

7.9

 

$

0.49

 

1,049

 

$

0.49

 

$5.50

 

241

 

9.2

 

$

5.50

 

4

 

$

5.50

 

$6.51

 

53

 

9.2

 

$

6.51

 

 

$

 

$8.06

 

38

 

9.9

 

$

8.06

 

 

$

8.06

 

$9.00

 

234

 

9.5

 

$

9.00

 

46

 

$

9.00

 

$10.07

 

10

 

9.8

 

$

10.07

 

10

 

$

10.07

 

$10.10

 

101

 

8.7

 

$

10.10

 

3

 

$

10.10

 

$147-$2,450

 

2

 

5.1

 

$

616.25

 

2

 

$

616.25

 

$0.49-$2,450

 

1,931

 

8.4

 

$

3.84

 

1,114

 

$

2.40

 

 

F-16



 

 Common Shares Reserved for Issuance

 

The following table summarizes common shares reserved for future issuance at December 31, 2004 (in thousands):

 

Common stock options outstanding

 

1,931

 

Common stock options available for future grant

 

967

 

Common stock warrants

 

78

 

Total common shares reserved for issuance

 

2,976

 

 

6. Income Taxes

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had federal and California income tax net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $72.2 million and $38.6 million, respectively. The difference between the federal and California tax loss carry forwards is primarily attributable to the limitation in the utilization of California net operating loss carry forwards, which ranges from 50% to 60% during the period from 1996 to 2003. The federal tax loss carry forwards will begin expiring in 2006 unless previously utilized. The California tax loss carry forwards will begin to expire in 2005 unless previously utilized. We also have federal and California research and development and other credit carry forwards of approximately $1.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The federal research and development and other credit carry forwards begin to expire in 2005 unless previously utilized.

 

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Sections 382 and 383, use of our net operating loss and credit carry forwards may be limited because of a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50%, which may have occurred.

 

Significant components of our deferred tax assets are shown below (in thousands). A valuation allowance has been recognized to offset the deferred tax assets, as realization of such assets has not met the “more likely than not” threshold required under SFAS No. 109.

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carry forwards

 

$

27,478

 

$

27,254

 

Research and development and other credits

 

3,010

 

3,037

 

Reserves

 

1,234

 

856

 

Capitalized research expense

 

220

 

181

 

Capitalized inventory costs

 

210

 

117

 

Other, net

 

1,354

 

1,164

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

33,506

 

32,609

 

Deferred tax liabilities—depreciation

 

(2,638

)

(1,567

)

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

 

(30,868

)

(31,042

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

 

$

 

 

F-17



 

7. Segments

 

Our reporting segments have been determined based on the nature of the products and/or services offered to customers or the nature of their function in the organization. We evaluate performance based on the operating income contributed by each segment. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

 

 

Segment data in thousands

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIS

 

$

13,285

 

$

10,355

 

$

6,354

 

Product

 

8,474

 

6,213

 

4,822

 

Consolidated gross profit

 

$

21,759

 

$

16,568

 

$

11,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIS

 

$

2, 168

 

$

1,649

 

$

(5,421

)

Product

 

(1,586

)

(1,933

)

(5,426

)

Consolidated income (loss) from operations

 

$

582

 

$

(284

)

$

(10,847

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortization and impairment of intangible assets by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIS

 

$

2,167

 

$

2,152

 

$

2,452

 

Product

 

983

 

1,103

 

1,163

 

Consolidated total

 

$

3,150

 

$

3,255

 

$

3,615

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identifiable assets by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIS

 

$

15,839

 

$

16,016

 

$

14,710

 

Product

 

70,185

 

19,143

 

18,409

 

Consolidated assets

 

$

86,024

 

$

35,159

 

$

33,119

 

 

Sales to a customer in Canada represented less than 1% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004. Sales to a customer in Puerto Rico represented less than 1% of total revenues for and sales to a customer in Russia represented less than 3% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

8. Employee Retirement Plan

 

We have a 401(k) retirement plan (the “Plan”), under which all full-time employees may contribute up to 20% of their annual salary, within limits. We may elect to make discretionary contributions upon the approval of the Board of Directors. Through December 31, 2004, we have not contributed to the Plan.

 

F-18



 

9. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

The following financial information reflects all normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods. Summarized quarterly data for fiscal 2004 and 2003 are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

1st Quarter

 

2nd Quarter

 

3rd Quarter

 

4th Quarter

 

Fiscal 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$15,868

 

$17,290

 

$17,224

 

$17,756

 

Gross profit

 

4,848

 

5,666

 

5,752

 

5,492

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

79

 

358

 

319

 

(174

)

Net income (loss)

 

(266

)

103

 

386

 

22

 

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

 

(354

)

30

 

386

 

22

 

Net income (loss) per common share—basic (1)

 

(10.88

)

0.01

 

0.02

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share—diluted (1)

 

(10.88

)

0.01

 

0.02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$12,979

 

$14,012

 

$14,022

 

$15,223

 

Gross profit

 

3,495

 

3,764

 

4,345

 

4,964

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

(602

)

(375

)

353

 

340

 

Net income (loss)

 

(927

)

(795

)

47

 

(5

)

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

 

(1,012

)

(879

)

(31

)

(83

)

Net income (loss) per common share—basic (1)

 

(74.63

)

(63.08

)

(2.05

)

(4.16

)

Net income (loss) per common share—diluted (1)

 

(74.63

)

(63.08

)

(2.05

)

(4.16

)


 (1)

Earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly net earnings per share will not necessarily equal the total for the year.

 

F-19


EXHIBIT 10.4

 

*** CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT (INDICATED BY ASTERISKS) HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER 17 C.F.R. SECTIONS 200.80(B)(4), 200.83 AND 230.406.

 

ADDENDUM TO SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This ADDENDUM TO SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT (“Addendum”) is made this 30th day of November 2004 (the “Effective Date”) by and between SEGAMI CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation with its principal offices at 8325 Guilford Road, Suite B, Columbia, MD 21046 (“Segami”), and DIGIRAD CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation with its principal offices at 13950 Stowe Drive, Poway CA 92064 (“Digirad”).

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, Segami and Digirad are parties to that certain Software License Agreement, dated June 16, 1999, as amended November 15, 2001 (as may be amended, restated, replaced or superceded, the “Agreement”, pursuant to which Segami has licensed to Digirad and supported certain software for use and distribution in connection with Digirad products; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereby wish to amend the Agreement and its Exhibits in certain respects as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to the following amended terms and conditions as follows:

Agreement

 

1.              Exhibits A and D to the Agreement shall be replaced in their entirety by Exhibit A-1, and Exhibit D-l, respectively, attached hereto.    Exhibit B-1 , and Exhibit C-l are additions to the terms of the Agreement.

 

2.              Anything to the contrary in the Agreement notwithstanding, effective as stated herein, Digirad, and not Segami, will be responsible for developing and employing software required (a) for the acquisition of the images (effective as of April 1, 2005); and (b) to perform iterative SPECT reconstruction (effective as of the Effective Date).  The definitions of “Base Software” and “Interface Development” stated in section 1 of the Agreement are amended to exclude any functional reference to the acquisition of images or iterative SPECT reconstruction.   As a result, effective April 1, 2005, except for “bug fixes” ( i.e., corrections of malfunctions in Segami’s original software), (a) Segami shall not support the original acquisition software it had developed for Digirad; (b) Digirad shall assume complete responsibility for acquisition and iterative SPECT reconstruction; and (c) neither the Base Software nor the Interface Development, as revised, shall support or interface with previous versions.  Changes required in Segami’s software to allow Digirad’s own acquisition software to interface with Segami’s software are described in Exhibit B-1 attached hereto.  To determine whether the source of any overall software malfunction resides in the acquisition or iterative SPECT reconstruction

 

1



 

software, on the one hand, or the Base Software or Interface Development, on the other hand, Digirad’ s acquisition software shall be tested against Segami’s software version v5.310, copies of which shall be maintained by both Digirad and Segami; and Digirad’s iterative SPECT reconstruction software shall be tested against Segami’s software v5.308b, copies of which shall also be maintained by both Digirad and Segami.  If the malfunction does not occur in such a test, the malfunction is presumptively determined to be caused by the Base Software and/of Interface Development.

 

3.              The Base Software shall be available for license in (a) SPECT- enabled configurations and (b) non-SPECT -enabled configurations, restricted to upgrades of licenses sold to Digirad customers prior to January 1, 2005.

 

4.              Section 1 of the Agreement is amended to add the following definition:  “End-Users.”  Customers of Digirad, who have acquired Products directly from Digirad or from Digirad authorized distributors for their own use (and not for unauthorized redistribution or, remarketing, timesharing, or service bureau use) in accordance with the terms of End-User License Agreements.

 

5.              The following subsection 2(d) is added to Section 2 of the Agreement:

 

(d)                                  Web Vue License and Fee .  Effective as of January 1, 2005, and subject to all the terms of this Agreement, Segami grants to Digirad a nonexclusive, worldwide license to sublicense to an unlimited number of End-Users (including Digirad Imaging Solution physician customers) in connection with the sale and use of the Products unlimited access to Web Vue, a program that enables remote viewing of data processed by Mirage software (and its successor programs) via a web browser.  The Web Vue License shall be free to Digirad until December 31, 2005.  Thereafter, the annual License Fee to Digirad for the Web Vue License shall be $  ***   per year, payable no later than ten (l0) days after the beginning of any calendar year in advance.

 

6.              The second sentence of section 3.2 of the Agreement is deleted and replaced by the following:

 

Digirad shall pay such additional minimum License Fees to Segami stated in Exhibit A-1 as follows.  Upon sublicense to End-Users, Digirad shall place a written order for the acquisition of new licenses from Segami.  At the time of order, Digirad shall pay a deposit of $ ***  per licensed unit ordered.  The balance of any License Fee for each licensed unit ordered shall be paid within ninety (90) days of the order placed with Segami.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, all orders for upgrades or revised versions

 


*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the commission.

 

2



 

of the Base Software to existing End-Users shall be paid in full at the time of order by Digirad.

 

7.              The License Fees described in Section 3.2 of the Agreement are amended as set forth in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.

 

8.              The following subsections 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 are hereby added to Section 4 of the Agreement, entitled “ Interface

Development ”:

 

“4.1.1 Additional Interface Feature .  Segami also agrees to undertake and complete the code design, programming and testing of an additional interface feature, under the same terms and conditions as stated in this Section 4, that will allow the database of its current Base Software and the future product to replace in the market the Base Product (also currently marketed under the name Mirage but subject to change in name) to add new patient data and retrieve old patient data (the “Additional Interface Feature”).  The specifications for this Additional Interface Feature are set forth in the Exhibit B-1 .  The delivery schedule for the Additional Interface Feature shall be as set forth in the attached Exhibit C-1 .  Segami shall undertake the completion of the Additional Interface Feature on the same terms and conditions as stated in this Section 4, except that no additional payment shall be due therefore from Digirad.  Segami shall provide a limited number of developer license keys to Digirad for the purpose of Digirad’s development and testing of its acquisition software and integration with the Additional Interface Feature.  Digirad may not transfer, loan, of otherwise provide access to the developer keys except for the limited purpose stated herein.  Such developer license keys shall be returnable on demand to Segami.”

 

“4.1.2   Cardiogram beta testing .  In connection with Segami’s development, programming and testing of the new cardiac package Cardiogram (specifications for which are stated in Exhibit D-l ), Segami will make pre-production versions of Cardiogram available to Digirad for beta testing no later than December 31, 2004, without any additional charge.

 

9.              Section 7(3) of the Agreement is deleted.

 

10.            The following subsection 10.4 is hereby added to Section 10 of the Agreement, entitled, “ Termination ”:

 

“10.4 This Agreement shall automatically terminate on January 1, 2010, unless an extension is mutually agreed to by the parties.”

 

3



 

11.            The following subsection 10.5 is hereby added to Section 10 of the Agreement:

 

“‘In the event that the total License Fees (consisting of any and all payments made by Digirad to Segami, exclusive only of the flat license fee for the Web Vue product identified in Section 2(d)) paid to Segami in any calendar year during the term of this Agreement, commencing with the calendar year of 2005, do not meet or exceed                   ***                   ($      ***       ), Segami shall have the right to increase all prices in Exhibit A-1 for the Base Software by $    ***      per unit effective January 1 st of the following year.  If thereafter the total License Fees (consisting of any and all payments made by Digirad to Segami, exclusive only of the flat license fee for the Web Vue product identified in Section 2(d))) paid to Segami in any calendar year equal or exceed                   ***                   ($    ***      ), then the per unit prices set forth in Exhibit A shall again apply.

 

12.            The following subsection 13.1 is hereby added to Section 13 of the Agreement, entitled “ Warranties ”:

 

“13.1 Segami warrants that the Base Software will be compatible with and work on Microsoft Windows 2000 software.”

 

13.            Section 15.13 is amended to replace the existing addresses of Digirad, Segami and Segami’s legal counsel with the following addresses:

 

David Sheehan, President
Digirad Corporation
13950 Stowe Drive
Poway, CA 92064

 

Philippe Briandet, President
Segami Corporation
8325 Guilford Road
Suite B
Columbia, MD 21046-2818

 

Copy to:
Christopher S.  Young, Esq.
BTLG
6731 Columbia Gateway Drive
Suite 110
Columbia MD 21046

 


*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the commission.

 

4



 

14.            Section 15.4 of the Agreement is amended to provide for one (1) arbitrator only in the event of arbitration.

 

15.            This Addendum shall be governed by and interpreted as part of the Agreement and its general terms and conditions.  All capitalized terms in this Addendum shall have the same definition as the same capitalized terms in the Agreement.

 

16.            Except as expressly stated herein, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned who are duly authorized to execute and enter into this Addendum, intending to be legally bound hereby, have executed this Addendum as of the date first written above.

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SEGAMI CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Debra Doyce

 

By:

/s/ Philippe Briandet

 

 

 

 

Philippe Briandet, President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Debra Doyce

 

By:

/s/ Richard L. Conwell

 

 

 

Richard Conwell

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

of Technology

 

5



 

EXHIBIT - A-1
(Replaces Exhibit A to the Agreement)

 

PRICING SCHEDULE I

 

EFFECTIVE UNTIL DECEMBER 31, 2004

 

Fees:

 

Planar Imaging

 

SPECT Imaging

 

Units 1-20

 

$  *** /unit

 

+$  *** /unit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21-50

 

$  *** /unit

 

+$  *** /unit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51-100

 

$  *** /unit

 

+$  *** /unit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101-250

 

$  *** /unit

 

+$  *** /unit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

251 plus

 

$  *** /unit

 

+$  *** /unit

 

 

Quantity pricing for the software shall be solely dependent upon the number of planar imaging units purchased, and shall be cumulative until December 31, 2004.  A minimum fee payment of                      ***                     ($   ***   ) shall be paid by Digirad to Segami each Agreement year through June 30, 2004, and each Agreement year shall be defined as July 1 - June 30.  The first Agreement year shall begin July 1, 1999.  Any shipments made to Digirad prior to July 1, 1999 shall be credited toward the minimum requirement fee payment for the first Agreement year of July 1, 1999 - June 30, 2000.  All such minimum fee payments shall be payable in advance quarterly to Segami, and shall be credited towards actual fee payments, through June 30, 2004.

 


*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the commission.

 

A-1



 

PRICING SCHEDULE II

 

EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2005

 

Unit / Per Year:

 

Price Per Unit

 

Units 1 - 50

 

$  ***

 

 

 

 

 

Units 51 - 100

 

$  ***

 

 

 

 

 

Units 101 and above

 

$  ***

 

 

Quantity pricing shall apply to each copy of the Base Software licensed to any End-user, with or without SPECT functionality, regardless of the nature of the Product with which it is bundled, and shall also apply to software used by an End-User as part of an independent cardiac processing workstation.  Quantity pricing for the software shall be solely dependent upon the number of copies of Base Software distributed, and shall be cumulative for each Agreement Year, which shall be defined as January 1 through December 31.  The first Agreement Year shall begin on January 1, 2005.

 

If Digirad places a Purchase Order and pays in advance for a total of seventy-five (75) copies of the Base Software on or before January 10, 2005, a          ***          percent price discount shall apply to the total purchase price.

 

Except for the “Shine” feature, existing Digirad customers shall be able to upgrade their existing Base Software with all additional software features described in Exhibit D-1 at no additional cost.  Existing Digirad customers whose Base Software does not now include SPECT will not receive new Base Software that is SPECT-enabled unless Digirad pays an additional $  ***   to Segami per customer.  For all existing Digirad customers who receive an upgrade, Digirad shall provide its own acquisition module if an acquisition is required, and Digirad shall ensure that the display hardware is capable of, or upgraded to capability, with at the least 1280 x 1024 graphics resolution and is Open GL compatible.

 


*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the commission.

II-1



 

EXHIBIT B-1
(Addendum to Exhibit B to the Agreement)

 

SPECIFICATIONS

 

I.               Mirage Acquisition Button

The processing button that is labeled “Acquisition” in Mirage (and/or its successor program) shall be configurable so that it will call the Digirad acquisition instead of Digirat_A.exe.

II.             Number of Heads and Orbit Range

Digirad will label its Interfile headers with the key “originating system” being set to “Digirad” instead of “Mirage”.  This will tell Segami’s software that this is a Digirad file and that Segami’ s software should allow the import of studies that are labeled with rotations other than 180° or 360°.

Segami will make modifications so that the key “number of detector heads” can have a value of 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 instead of just 1 or 2.

Segami will also account for the “H3_COR_X” and “H3_COR_Y” fields in its processing stream and properly COR correct studies based upon these fields.

III.            Requirements for Mirage patient database interface

Introduction

Digirad acquisition applications and Segami’s processing applications share the same patient database (Mirage Patient Database).

Patient database management (creation, maintenance) is done from the processing application.

Digirad acquisition application accesses the patient database by calling API functions (the interface) implemented by Segami.

Interface Requirements

A- Database information access
Acquisition needs to access                      ***          :

 

***

***

***

 


*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the commission.

 

B-1



 

B- Dataset import
Acquisition needs also to                      ***                      .

 

***

***

***

 

                     ***                      will be provided by Segami.

C- Dataset export
Acquisition needs also to have access                      ***                     .

 

***

***

***

 

D- Problem tracking

***

***

 

E- Miscellaneous requirement

***

***

***

 


*** Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the commission.

 

B-2



 

EXHIBIT C-1
(Addendum to Exhibit C to the Agreement)

 

DELIVERY SCHEDULE

 

Deliveries

 

Exhibit B-1 Item II.

 

November 30, 2004

Exhibit B-1 Item III.

 

November 30, 2004*

Exhibit B-1 Item I.

 

November 30, 2004

Shine (see D1-3):

 

January 1, 2005

Interfile (see D1-3):

 

January 1, 2005

 

 

 

Enhancements to the base software (code-named Oasis):

 

April 1, 2005

Cardiogram (see D1-5):

 

April 1, 2005

Qube (see D1-5):

 

April 1, 2005

Enhancements to the first-pass program (see D1-5):

 

July 1, 2005

 


*       Or 5 working days after execution of the contract, whichever comes last.

 

C-1



 

EXHIBIT D-1
(Addendum to Exhibit D to the Agreement)

 

SEGAMI’S BASE SOFTWARE
(AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT DATED JUNE 16, 1999)

Planar Imaging:

 

1.              Acquisition

 

Simultaneous acquisition of one study while processing a second study

 

2.              Processing

 

Renal function:  Renogram curves, ERPF, & GFR

Pulmonary quantitation
Gated blood pool L VEF & R VEF calculation

Regional ventricular function, e.g.  phase & amplitude analysis

Gastric emptying & esophageal reflux
First-pass RNV - calculation of LV & RV ejection fraction
First-pass cardiac shunt calculation
Frames - move, copy, delete, format (for printing)
Perform math functions on image :frames, e.g.  spatial & temporal filters

 

3.              Output/Archive/Other

File transfer via Ethernet link to network server in DICOM 3 compliant format
Additional bit-mapped (BMP) file format, for file transfer
Printer output drivers to common printers including PostScript
Storage on standard recording media, e.g., hard disk, CDROM-R/W, etc.
On-line, context sensitive help - index with references to specific instructions
Complete set of manuals in electronic form.
Documentation of governmental &/or other regulatory approval, U.S.  or foreign

 

4.              Database

Access database storage of patient information
Search features
DICOM compliant fields

 

SPECT plus Planar Imaging (all features listed above);

 

Transverse axial, sagittal and coronal reconstruction for bones, lungs, liver, etc.
Oblique reconstruction, e.g.  for cardiac and brain
Choice of reconstruction, e.g.  for cardiac and brain
Choice of reconstruction filters & ability to change parameters
Gated cardiac SPECT - calculation of left ventricular ER & volumes
Surface & volume rendered 3-D display
Display of wall thickening.

 

D-1



 

ADDITIONS TO SEGAMI’S BASE SOFTWARE
(AS AGREED UPON IN THE ADDENDUM DATED NOVEMBER      , 2004)

 

1.                                        All modifications incorporated into the Base Software by Segami since June 16, 1999.

 

2.                                        Effective as noted in Section 2 of the Addendum, acquisition and iterative reconstruction will be supplied by Digirad.

 

3.                                        As of the Effective Date of the Amendment, the following features shall be added to each Base Software copy, purchased under pricing schedule II:

 

a.                                        Shine:  a Poisson noise removal function

b.                                       Interfile:  Import/Export facility translating the Mirage proprietary format to/from the standard “Interfile” format

 

4.                                        No later than April 1, 2005, the Base Software known as “Mirage” shall be replaced with a new software product (code named “Oasis”) with the following additional features:

 

a.                                        Improved accuracy ( e.g. , increased use of floating point)

b.                                       Improved resolution (defined as up to 1600 x 1200, and no less than 1280x1024)

c.                                        Improved use of screen

d.                                       Improved 3D visuals through Open GL

e.                                        Stereo support

 

5.                                        Oasis shall include a completely redesigned cardiac package (named Cardiogram and Qube, with phase analysis), replacing MyoSPECT, and shall include (a) a new screen capture mechanism which will allow rendering in any resolution and distribution over a web server, (b) extended functionality of the First Pass program, and (c) an AppHook with static screen capture.

 

D-2


EXHIBIT 10.20

 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION

 

1998 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN
(Amended and Restated on February 14, 2005)
(Amended and Restated on November 5, 2002)

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

I.               PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of Digirad Corporation by providing eligible persons with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to remain in the service of the Corporation.

 

Capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

II.             STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

 

A.             The Plan shall be divided into two separate equity programs:

 

              the Discretionary Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and

 

              the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.             The provisions of Articles One and Four shall apply to all equity programs under the Plan and shall govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

 

III.            ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.             Except as provided in Paragraph B of this Section III, the Plan shall be administered by the Board or one or more committees appointed by the Board, provided that (1) beginning with the Section 12 Registration Date, the Primary Committee shall have sole and exclusive authority to administer the Plan with respect to Section 16 Insiders, and (2) administration of the Plan may otherwise, at the Board’s discretion, be vested in the Primary Committee or a Secondary Committee.

 

B.             Members of the Primary Committee or any Secondary Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and may be removed by the Board at

 



 

any time.  The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of any Secondary Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to such committee.

 

C.             Each Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan, have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the provisions of such programs and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable.  Decisions of the Plan Administrator within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs under its jurisdiction or any option or stock issuance thereunder.

 

D.             Service on the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall constitute service as a Board member, and members of each such committee shall accordingly be entitled to full indemnification and reimbursement as Board members for their service on such committee.  No member of the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall be liable for any act or omission made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option grants or stock issuances under the Plan.

 

IV.            ELIGIBILITY

 

A.             The persons eligible to participate in the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs are as follows:

 

(i)             Employees,

 

(ii)            non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and

 

(iii)           consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.             Each Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its administrative jurisdiction under the Plan, have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to the option grants under the Discretionary Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive option grants, the time or times when such option grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding and (ii) with respect to stock issuances under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive stock issuances, the time or times when such issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration for such shares.

 

2



 

C.             The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Discretionary Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.

 

V.             STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

A.             The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Corporation on the open market.  The maximum number of shares of Common Stock initially reserved for issuance over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 5,876,153 shares.  Such share reserve includes (i) 1,720,659 shares that were initially reserved for issuance by the Board on December 17, 1998 and approved by the stockholders on February 1, 1999, plus (ii) an additional 1,000,000 shares that were approved for issuance by the Board on March 9, 2000 and by the stockholders on November 14, 2000, plus (iii) an additional 1,200,000 shares that were approved for issuance by the Board and stockholders on November 14, 2000, plus (iv) an additional 1,500,000 shares that were approved for issuance by the Board on May 15, 2001 and by the stockholders on June 25, 2001, plus (v) effective immediately following and contingent upon a 1-for-200 reverse split of the Company’s capital stock (the “Stock Split”) effected on October 23, 2002, an additional 4,849,050 shares that were approved for issuance by the Board and stockholders on October 18, 2002, plus (vi) an additional 1,000,000 shares that were approved for issuance by the Board on November 5, 2002 and by the stockholders on November 5, 2002.  Such 5,876,153 share reserve shall be in addition to the 13,671 shares issued or reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan following the Stock Split.

 

B.             Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent those options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full.  Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently cancelled or repurchased by the Corporation, at the original issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

C.             If any change is made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted stock options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances under this Plan per calendar year, and (iii) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option under the Plan.  Such adjustments to the outstanding options are to be effected in a manner which shall preclude the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under such options. The adjustments deter-mined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

3



 

ARTICLE TWO

 

DISCRETIONARY OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

I.               OPTION TERMS

 

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below.  Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

 

A.             Exercise Price .

 

1.              The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date, provided that the Plan Administrator may fix the exercise price at less than 85% if the optionee, at the time of the option grant, shall have made a payment to the Company (including payment made by means of a salary reduction) equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the option grant date over such exercise price.

 

2.              The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and may, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in one or more of the forms specified below:

 

(i)             cash or check made payable to the Corporation,

 

(ii)            with respect to the exercise of options after the Section 12 Registration Date, shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

 

(iii)           with respect to the exercise of options for vested shares after the Section 12 Registration Date and to the extent the sale complies with all applicable laws relating to the regulation and sale of securities, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable written instructions to (a) a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise, and (b) the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

 

B.             Exercise and Term of Options .  Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option.  However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

 

4



 

C.             Effect of Termination of Service .

 

1.              The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:

 

(i)             Any option outstanding at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service for any reason shall remain exercisable for such period of time thereafter as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option (which shall in no event be less than six (6) months in the case of death or disability nor less than thirty (30) days in the case of any other cessation of Service), provided no such option shall be exercisable after the expiration of the option term.

 

(ii)            Any option exercisable in whole or in part by the Optionee at the time of death may be subsequently exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(iii)           Subject to clause C.2.(ii) below of this Section I, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee’s cessation of Service.  Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised.

 

2.              The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

 

(i)             extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee’s cessation of Service from the limited exercise period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or

 

(ii)            permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested had the Optionee continued in Service.

 

D.             Stockholder Rights .  The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become a holder of record of the purchased shares.

 

E.              Repurchase Rights .  The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock and to reserve the right to repurchase any or all of those unvested shares should the optionee thereafter cease to be in Service to the Corporation.  The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable

 

5



 

(including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

 

F.              Limited Transferability of Options .  Incentive Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.  Non-Statutory Options shall be transferable (i) by will and by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) during the lifetime of the Optionee, to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Plan Administrator.

 

II.             INCENTIVE OPTIONS

 

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options.  Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Four shall be applicable to Incentive Options.  Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options when issued under the Plan shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

 

A.             Eligibility .  Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

 

B.             Exercise Price .  The exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

 

C.             Dollar Limitation .  The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).  To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

 

D.             10% Stockholder .  If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date, and the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.

 

III.            CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

 

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program and to grant in substitution new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new grant date.

 

6



 

ARTICLE THREE

 

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

I.               STOCK ISSUANCES

 

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants.  Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below.

 

II.             STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

 

A.             Purchase Price .

 

1.              The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator, but shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the issuance date.

 

2.              Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

 

(i)             cash or check made payable to the Corporation, or

 

(ii)            past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.             Vesting Provisions .

 

1.              Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives.  The elements of the vesting schedule applicable to any unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program, namely:

 

(i)             the Service period to be completed by the Participant or the performance objectives to be attained,

 

(ii)            the number of installments in which the shares are to vest,

 

(iii)           the interval or intervals (if any) which are to lapse between installments, and

 

(iv)           the effect which death, Permanent Disability or other event designated by the Plan Administrator is to have upon the vesting schedule,

 

7



 

shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and incorporated into the Stock Issuance Agreement.

 

2.              Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

3.              The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested.  Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.

 

4.              Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares.  To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant’s purchase-money indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to the surrendered shares.

 

5.              The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock which would otherwise occur upon the cessation of the Participant’s Service or the non-attainment of the performance objectives applicable to those shares.  Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares as to which the waiver applies.  Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

I.               FINANCING

 

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Discretionary Option Grant Program or the purchase price of shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse, interest bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments.  The terms of any such promissory note

 

8



 

(including the interest rate and the terms of repayment) shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.  In no event may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares plus (ii) any Federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

 

II.             SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

 

Unvested shares issued under the Plan may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

 

III.            CORPORATE TRANSACTION

 

A.             Except as otherwise provided in the agreements evidencing an option, each outstanding option under the Discretionary Option Grant Program shall automatically accelerate in the event of a Corporate Transaction so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become fully exercisable with respect to the total number of shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock, provided that an outstanding option shall not so accelerate if and to the extent:  (i) such option is, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, either to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or to be replaced with a comparable option to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation (or parent thereof), (ii) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to those option shares or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant.  The determination of option comparability under clause (i) above shall be made by the Plan Administrator, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

B.             Except as otherwise provided in the agreements creating the repurchase rights, outstanding repurchase rights, if any, shall terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Corporate Transaction, provided that such repurchase right shall not lapse to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are to be assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the option is issued or the repurchase right is created.

 

C.             Immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof).

 

9



 

D.             Each option which is assumed in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Corporate Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Corporate Transaction had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect such Corporate Transaction shall also be made to (i) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities available for issuance over the remaining term of the Plan and (iii) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted stock options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances under the Plan per calendar year.

 

E.              Repurchase rights which are assigned in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall be exercisable with respect to the property issued to the Optionee of Participant upon consummation of such Corporate Transaction in exchange for the Common Stock held by the Optionee or Participant subject to the repurchase rights immediately prior to the Corporate Transaction.

 

F.              Except as otherwise limited by the Plan Administrator at the time an Option is granted, vesting under outstanding options will automatically accelerate in the event the Optionee’s Service subsequently terminates by reason of an Involuntary Termination within twenty-four (24) months following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which those options are assumed or replaced and do not otherwise accelerate.  Any options so accelerated shall remain exercisable for fully-vested shares until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the option term or (ii) the expiration of the one (1)-year period measured from the effective date of the Involuntary Termination.  The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar limitation is not exceeded and the provisions governing the exercise and holding period are met.  To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

 

G.             Except as otherwise limited by the Plan Administrator at the time the option is granted under the Discretionary Option Program or the repurchase rights are created, the outstanding repurchase rights with respect to shares held by an Optionee or Participant will automatically lapse and cease to be exercisable in the event the Optionee’s or the Participant’s Service subsequently terminates by means of an Involuntary Termination within twenty-four (24) months following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which those repurchase rights are assigned or otherwise continue.

 

H.             The outstanding options or repurchase rights shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

10



 

IV.            CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

A.             In the event of any Change in Control, each outstanding option under the Discretionary Option Grant Program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become fully exercisable with respect to the total number of shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock.

 

B.             Outstanding repurchase rights, if any, shall terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Change in Control.

 

V.             VESTING

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, the vesting schedule imposed with respect to any option grant or share issuance shall not result in the Optionee or Participant vesting in fewer than 20% per year for five years from the date of the option grant or share issuance.

 

VI.            TAX WITHHOLDING

 

A.             The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options or the issuance or vesting of such shares under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

B.             The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, provide any or all holders of Non-Statutory Options or unvested shares of Common Stock under the Plan with the right to use shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of all or part of the Taxes incurred by such holders in connection with the exercise of their options or the vesting of their shares.  Such right may be provided to any such holder in either or both of the following formats:

 

Stock Withholding :  The election to have the Corporation withhold, from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of such Non-Statutory Option or the vesting of such shares, a portion of those shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the percentage of the Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%)) designated by the holder.

 

Stock Delivery :  The election to deliver to the Corporation, at the time the Non-Statutory Option is exercised or the shares vest, one or more shares of Common Stock previously acquired by such holder (other than in connection with the option exercise or share vesting triggering the Taxes) with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the percentage of the Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%)) designated by the holder.

 

VII.          EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN

 

A.             The Plan shall become effective immediately upon the Plan Effective Date.  Options may be granted under the Discretionary Option Grant at any time on or after the Plan Effective Date.  However, no options granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no

 

11



 

shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Plan is approved by the Corporation’s stockholders.  If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the Plan Effective Date, then all options previously granted under this Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan.

 

B.             All options outstanding as of the Plan Effective Date shall be incorporated into the Plan at that time and shall be treated as outstanding options under the Plan.  However, each outstanding option so incorporated shall continue to be governed solely by the terms of the documents evidencing such option, and no provision of the Plan shall be deemed to affect or otherwise modify the rights or obligations of the holders of such incorporated options with respect to their acquisition of shares of Common Stock.

 

C.             The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Plan Effective Date, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as fully-vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with a Corporate Transaction.  Upon such plan termination, all outstanding option grants and unvested stock issuances shall thereafter continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing such grants or issuances.

 

VIII.         AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

 

A.             The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects.  However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to stock options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require stockholder approval if so determined by the Board or pursuant to applicable laws or regulations.

 

B.             Options to purchase shares of Common Stock may be granted under the Discretionary Option Grant and shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program that are in each instance in excess of the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained any required approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.  If such approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess issuances are made, then (i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding and (ii) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.

 

IX.            USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

12



 

X.             REGULATORY APPROVALS

 

A.             The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any stock option under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any granted option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the stock options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

 

B.             No shares of Common Stock or other assets shall be issued or delivered under the Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of Federal and state securities laws, including the filing and effectiveness of the Form S-8 registration statement for the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan, and all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which Common Stock is then listed for trading.

 

XI.            NO EMPLOYMENT/SERVICE RIGHTS

 

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

XII.          FINANCIAL REPORTS

 

The Corporation shall deliver a balance sheet and an income statement at least annually to each individual holding an outstanding option under the Plan, unless such individual is a key Employee whose duties in connection with the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) assure such individual access to equivalent information.

 

13



 

APPENDIX

 

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

 

A.             Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

B.             Change in Control shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Corporation effected through either of the following transactions:

 

(i)             the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Corporation or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Corporation’s stockholders which the Board does not recommend such stockholders to accept, or

 

(ii)            a change in the composition of the Board over a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months or less such that a majority of the Board members ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who either (A) have been Board members continuously since the beginning of such period or (B) have been elected or nominated for election as Board members during such period by at least a majority of the Board members described in clause (A) who were still in office at the time the Board approved such election or nomination.

 

C.             Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

D.             Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

 

E.              Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:

 

(i)             a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

 

(ii)            the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets.

 

F.              Corporation shall mean Digirad Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

 

G.             Discretionary Option Grant Program shall mean the discretionary option grant program in effect under the Plan.

 

A-1



 

H.             Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

 

I.               Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

 

J.              Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)             If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be deemed equal to the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported on the Nasdaq National Market or any successor system.  If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(ii)            If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be deemed equal to the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange.  If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(iii)           For purposes of any option grants made on the Underwriting Date, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the price per share at which the Common Stock is to be sold in the initial public offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

 

(iv)           For purposes of any option grants made prior to the Underwriting Date, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator, after taking into account such factors as it deems appropriate.

 

K.             Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

L.              Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

 

(i)             such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than Misconduct, or

 

(ii)            such individual’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation which materially reduces his or her level of responsibility, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary,

 

A-2



 

fringe benefits and participation in any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Corporation without the individual’s consent.

 

M.            Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner.  The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

N.             1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

O.             Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

P.              Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Discretionary Option Grant Program.

 

Q.             Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

R.             Participant shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

S.              Permanent Disability or Permanently Disabled shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve (12) months or more.

 

T.             Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

 

U.             Plan Administrator shall mean the particular entity, whether the Primary Committee, the Board or the Secondary Committee, which is authorized to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to one or more classes of eligible persons, to the extent such entity is carrying out its administrative functions under those programs with respect to the persons under its jurisdiction.

 

V.             Plan Effective Date shall mean the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board.

 

A-3



 

W.            Primary Committee shall mean the committee of two (2) or more non-employee Board members appointed by the Board to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to Section 16 Insiders following the Section 12 Registration Date.

 

X.             Secondary Committee shall mean a committee of two (2) or more Board members appointed by the Board to administer any aspect of Plan not required hereunder to be administered by the Primary Committee.  The members of the Secondary Committee may be Board members who are Employees eligible to receive discretionary option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan or any other stock option, stock appreciation, stock bonus or other stock plan of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

Y.             Section 12 Registration Date shall mean the date on which the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12(g) or Section 15 of the 1934 Act.

 

Z.             Section 16 Insider shall mean an officer or director of the Corporation subject to the short-swing profit liabilities of Section 16 of the 1934 Act.

 

AA.         Service shall mean the performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non—employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant or stock issuance.

 

AB.          Stock Exchange shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

 

AC.          Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

AD.          Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

 

AE.          Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

AF.          Taxes shall mean the Federal, state and local income and employment tax liabilities incurred by the holder of Non-Statutory Options or unvested shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of those options or the vesting of those shares.

 

AG.          10% Stockholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

A-4



 

AH.          Underwriting Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Corporation and the underwriter or underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

 

AI.           Underwriting Date shall mean the date on which the Underwriting Agreement is executed and priced in connection with an initial public offering of the Common Stock.

 

A-5


EXHIBIT 10.22

 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION AWARD

 

Grantee’s Name and Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

You (the “Grantee”) have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), the Digirad Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) attached hereto, as follows.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice.

 

Award Number

 

 

 

Date of Award

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share

$

 

 

Total Number of Shares Subject
to the Option (the “Shares”)

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price

$

 

 

Type of Option:

Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

Post-Termination Exercise Period:

Three (3) Months

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

Subject to the Grantee’s Continuous Service and other limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

[ New Hires :   25% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest twelve months after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/36 of the remaining Shares subject to the Option shall vest on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter.]

 

[ Refresher Grants :   1/48 of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.]

 

During any authorized leave of absence, the vesting of the Option as provided in this schedule shall be suspended after the leave of absence exceeds a period of ninety (90) days.  Vesting of the Option shall resume upon the Grantee’s termination of the leave of absence and return to service to the Company or a Related Entity.  The Vesting Schedule of the Option shall be extended by the length of the suspension.

 

In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee to Consultant or from an Employee whose customary employment is 20 hours or more per week to an Employee whose

 

1



 

customary employment is fewer than 20 hours per week, vesting of the Option shall continue only to the extent determined by the Administrator as of such change in status.

 

In the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Option shall terminate concurrently with the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Notice and agree that the Option is to be governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement.

 

 

Digirad Corporation,
a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE SHARES SUBJECT TO THE OPTION SHALL VEST, IF AT ALL, ONLY DURING THE PERIOD OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER).  THE GRANTEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS NOTICE, THE OPTION AGREEMENT, OR THE PLAN SHALL CONFER UPON THE GRANTEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE AWARDS OR CONTINUATION OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE GRANTEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY OR RELATED ENTITY TO WHICH THE GRANTEE PROVIDES SERVICES TO TERMINATE THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, AND WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE.  THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT UNLESS THE GRANTEE HAS A WRITTEN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH THE COMPANY TO THE CONTRARY, THE GRANTEE’S STATUS IS AT WILL.

 

The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Option Agreement, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof.  The Grantee has reviewed this Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement.  The Grantee hereby agrees that all questions of interpretation and administration relating to this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement shall be resolved by the Administrator in accordance with Section 13 of the Option Agreement.  The Grantee further agrees to the venue selection and waiver of a jury trial in accordance with Section 14 of the Option Agreement.  The Grantee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated in this Notice.

 

Dated:

 

 

Signed:

 

 

 

 

Grantee

 

 

2



 

Award Number:                           

 

 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

1.                                        Grant of Option .  Digirad Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the Grantee (the “Grantee”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the Total Number of Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms and provisions of the Notice, this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which are incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

The Option is intended to qualify as a Non-Qualified Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.                                        Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                   Right to Exercise .  The Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.  The Option shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan relating to the exercisability or termination of the Option in the event of a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control.  The Grantee shall be subject to reasonable limitations on the number of requested exercises during any monthly or weekly period as determined by the Administrator.  In no event shall the Company issue fractional Shares.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  The Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice (a form of which is attached as Exhibit A) or by such other procedure as specified from time to time by the Administrator which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the whole number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other provisions as may be required by the Administrator.  The exercise notice shall be delivered in person, by certified mail, or by such other method (including electronic transmission) as determined from time to time by the Administrator to the Company accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price.  The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such notice accompanied by the Exercise Price, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 3(d), below.

 

(c)                                   Taxes .  No Shares will be delivered to the Grantee or other person pursuant to the exercise of the Option until the Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of applicable income tax and employment tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, such other tax obligations of the Grantee incident to the receipt of Shares.  Upon exercise of the Option, the Company or the Grantee’s employer may offset or withhold (from any amount owed by the Company or the Grantee’s

 

1



 

employer to the Grantee) or collect from the Grantee or other person an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax withholding obligations.

 

3.                                        Method of Payment .  Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Grantee; provided, however, that such exercise method does not then violate any Applicable Law and, provided further, that the portion of the Exercise Price equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law:

 

(a)                                   cash;

 

(b)                                  check;

 

(c)                                   surrender of Shares or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, provided, however, that Shares acquired under the Plan or any other equity compensation plan or agreement of the Company must have been held by the Grantee for a period of more than six (6) months (and not used for another Award exercise by attestation during such period); or

 

(d)                                  payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (i) shall provide written instructions to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (ii) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction.

 

4.                                        Restrictions on Exercise .  The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws.  If the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6, 7 and 8 of this Option Agreement is prevented by the provisions of this Section 5, the Option shall remain exercisable until one (1) month after the date the Grantee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice.

 

5.                                        Termination or Change of Continuous Service .  In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates, other than for Cause, the Grantee may, but only during the Post-Termination Exercise Period, exercise the portion of the Option that was vested at the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”).  The Post-Termination Exercise Period shall commence on the Termination Date.  In the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Option shall, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, terminate concurrently with the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service (also the “Termination Date”).  In no event, however, shall the Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice.  In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee, Director or Consultant to any other status of Employee, Director or Consultant, the Option shall remain in effect.  In the event of the Grantee’s change in

 

2



 

status from Employee to Director or Consultant, vesting of the Option shall continue only to the extent determined by the Administrator as of such change in status.  Except as provided in Sections 6 and 7 below, to the extent that the Option was unvested on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Option within the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option shall terminate.

 

6.                                        Disability of Grantee .  In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee may, but only within twelve (12) months commencing on the Termination Date (but in no event later than the Expiration Date), exercise the portion of the Option that was vested on the Termination Date.  To the extent that the Option was unvested on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

7.                                        Death of Grantee .  In the event of the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her death, or in the event of the Grantee’s death during the Post-Termination Exercise Period or during the twelve (12) month period following the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, the person who acquired the right to exercise the Option pursuant to Section 8 may exercise the portion of the Option that was vested at the date of termination within twelve (12) months commencing on the date of death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date).  To the extent that the Option was unvested on the date of death, or if the vested portion of the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.                                        Transferability of Option .  The Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, provided, however, that the Option may be transferred during the lifetime of the Grantee to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may designate one or more beneficiaries of the Grantee’s Option in the event of the Grantee’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator.  Following the death of the Grantee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised (a) by the person or persons designated under the deceased Grantee’s beneficiary designation or (b) in the absence of an effectively designated beneficiary, by the Grantee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Grantee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.  The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and transferees of the Grantee.

 

9.                                        Term of Option .  The Option must be exercised no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice or such earlier date as otherwise provided herein.  After the Expiration Date or such earlier date, the Option shall be of no further force or effect and may not be exercised.

 

10.                                  Tax Consequences .  Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option Agreement of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.  THE GRANTEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

3



 

(a)                                   Exercise of Non-Qualified Stock Option .  On exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, the Grantee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.  If the Grantee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from the Grantee’s compensation or collect from the Grantee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)                                  Disposition of Shares .  In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, if Shares are held for more than one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

 

11.                                  Entire Agreement: Governing Law .  The Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.  Nothing in the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties.  The Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement are to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California to the rights and duties of the parties.  Should any provision of the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

12.                                  Construction .  The captions used in the Notice and this Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of the Option for construction or interpretation.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.  Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

13.                                  Administration and Interpretation .  Any question or dispute regarding the administration or interpretation of the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be submitted by the Grantee or by the Company to the Administrator.  The resolution of such question or dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

14.                                  Venue and Waiver of Jury Trial .  The Company, the Grantee, and the Grantee’s assignees pursuant to Section 8 (the “parties”) agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California (or should such court lack jurisdiction to hear such action, suit or proceeding, in a California state court in the County of San Diego) and that the parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court.  The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for

 

4



 

any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court.  THE PARTIES ALSO EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY HAVE OR MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  If any one or more provisions of this Section 14 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

 

15.                                  Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown in these instruments, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

END OF AGREEMENT

 

5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Digirad Corporation
13950 Stowe Drive
Poway, California 92064-8803

Attention: Secretary

 

1.                                        Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                             ,       the undersigned (the “Grantee”) hereby elects to exercise the Grantee’s option to purchase                     shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Digirad Corporation (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”) dated                           ,               .  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Exercise Notice.

 

2.                                        Representations of the Grantee .  The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has received, read and understood the Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.                                        Rights as Stockholder .  Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.

 

4.                                        Delivery of Payment .  The Grantee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 3(d) of the Option Agreement.

 

5.                                        Tax Consultation .  The Grantee understands that the Grantee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Grantee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  The Grantee represents that the Grantee has consulted with any tax consultants the Grantee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Grantee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

6.                                        Taxes .  The Grantee agrees to satisfy all applicable foreign, federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations and herewith delivers to the Company the full amount of such obligations or has made arrangements acceptable to the Company to satisfy such obligations.

 

1



 

7.                                        Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  This Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Grantee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

8.                                        Construction .  The captions used in this Exercise Notice are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this agreement for construction or interpretation.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.  Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

9.                                        Administration and Interpretation .  The Grantee hereby agrees that any question or dispute regarding the administration or interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Grantee or by the Company to the Administrator.  The resolution of such question or dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

10.                                  Governing Law; Severability .  This Exercise Notice is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California to the rights and duties of the parties.  Should any provision of this Exercise Notice be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

11.                                  Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

12.                                  Further Instruments .  The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.

 

13.                                  Entire Agreement .  The Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and together with this Exercise Notice constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.  Nothing in the Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties.

 

2



 

Submitted by:

Accepted by:

 

 

GRANTEE:

DIGIRAD CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Address :

Address :

 

 

 

 

13950 Stowe Drive

 

 

Poway, California 92064-8803

 

3


 

EXHIBIT 10.24

 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2004 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR OPTION PROGRAM

 

NOTICE OF NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD

 

 

Grantee’s Name and Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

You (the “Grantee”) have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), the Digirad Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and the Digirad Corporation 2004 Non-Employee Director Option Program (the “Program”), as amended from time to time, and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) attached hereto, as follows.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan and the Program shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice.

 

Award Number

 

 

 

Date of Award

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share

$

 

 

Total Number of Shares subject
to the Option

[10,000 – Initial Grant ]

 

[5,000 – Subsequent Grant ]

 

 

Total Exercise Price

$

 

 

Type of Option:

Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

Post-Termination Exercise Period:

Three (3) Months

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

Subject to the Grantee’s Continuous Service and other limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan, the Program and the Option Agreement, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

100% of the Shares subject to the Option shall be fully vested and exercisable on the Date of Award.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Notice and agree that the Option is to be governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Plan, the Program and the Option Agreement.

 

1



 

 

Digirad Corporation,
a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE SHARES SUBJECT TO THE OPTION SHALL VEST, IF AT ALL, ONLY DURING THE PERIOD OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER).

 

The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Program and the Option Agreement, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof.  The Grantee has reviewed this Notice, the Plan, the Program and the Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Plan, the Program and the Option Agreement.  The Grantee hereby agrees that all questions of interpretation and administration relating to this Notice, the Plan, the Program and the Option Agreement shall be resolved by the Administrator in accordance with Section 13 of the Option Agreement.  The Grantee further agrees to the venue selection and waiver of a jury trial in accordance with Section 14 of the Option Agreement.  The Grantee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated in this Notice.

 

Dated:

 

 

Signed:

 

 

 

 

Grantee

 

 

2



 

Award Number:                         

 

 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2004 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR OPTION PROGRAM

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

1.                                        Grant of Option .  Digirad Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the Grantee (the “Grantee”) named in the Notice of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the Total Number of Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms and provisions of the Notice, this Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”), the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and the Company’s 2004 Non-Employee Director Option Program (the “Program”), as amended from time to time, which are incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan and the Program shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

The Option is intended to qualify as a Non-Qualified Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.                                        Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                   Right to Exercise .  The Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice and with the applicable provisions of the Plan, the Program and this Option Agreement.  The Option shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3.04 of the Program relating to the exercisability or termination of the Option in the event of a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control.  The Grantee shall be subject to reasonable limitations on the number of requested exercises during any monthly or weekly period as determined by the Administrator.  In no event shall the Company issue fractional Shares.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  The Option shall be exercisable only by delivery of an Exercise Notice (a form of which is attached as Exhibit A) or by such other procedure as specified from time to time by the Administrator which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the whole number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other provisions as may be required by the Administrator.  The exercise notice shall be delivered in person, by certified mail, or by such other method (including electronic transmission) as determined from time to time by the Administrator to the Company accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price.  The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such notice accompanied by the Exercise Price, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 4(d), below.

 

(c)                                   Taxes .  No Shares will be delivered to the Grantee or other person pursuant to the exercise of the Option until the Grantee or other person has made arrangements

 

1



 

acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of applicable income tax and employment tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares.  Upon exercise of the Option, the Company or the Grantee’s employer may offset or withhold (from any amount owed by the Company or the Grantee’s employer to the Grantee) or collect from the Grantee or other person an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax withholding obligations.

 

3.                                        Restrictions on Exercise .  The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws.  If the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 5, 6, and 7 of this Option Agreement is prevented by the provisions of this Section 3, the Option shall remain exercisable until one (1) month after the date the Grantee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice.

 

4.                                        Method of Payment .  Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Grantee; provided, however, that such exercise method does not then violate any Applicable Law and, provided further, that the portion of the Exercise Price equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law:

 

(a)                                   cash;

 

(b)                                  check;

 

(c)                                   surrender of Shares or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, provided, however, that Shares acquired under the Plan or any other equity compensation plan or agreement of the Company must have been held by the Grantee for a period of more than six (6) months (and not used for another Award exercise by attestation during such period); or

 

(d)                                  payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (i) shall provide written instructions to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (ii) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction.

 

5.                                        Termination or Change of Continuous Service .  In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates, the Grantee may, but only during the Post-Termination Exercise Period, exercise the portion of the Option that was vested at the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”).  The Post-Termination Exercise Period shall commence on the Termination Date.  In no event, however, shall the Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice.  In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee, Director or Consultant to any other status of Employee, Director or Consultant, the Option shall

 

2



 

remain in effect.  Except as provided in Sections 6 and 7 below, to the extent that the Option was unvested on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Option within the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option shall terminate.

 

6.                                        Disability of Grantee .  In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee may, but only within twelve (12) months commencing on the Termination Date (and in no event later than the Expiration Date), exercise the portion of the Option that was vested on the Termination Date.  To the extent that the Option was unvested on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

7.                                        Death of Grantee .  In the event of the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her death, or in the event of the Grantee’s death during the Post-Termination Exercise Period or during the twelve (12) month period following the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, the person who acquired the right to exercise the Option pursuant to Section 8 may exercise the portion of the Option that was vested at the date of termination within twelve (12) months commencing on the date of death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date).  To the extent that the Option was unvested on the date of death, or if the vested portion of the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.                                        Transferability of Option .  The Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, provided, however, that the Option may be transferred during the lifetime of the Grantee to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may designate one or more beneficiaries of the Grantee’s Option in the event of the Grantee’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator.  Following the death of the Grantee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised (a) by the person or persons designated under the deceased Grantee’s beneficiary designation or (b) in the absence of an effectively designated beneficiary, by the Grantee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Grantee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.  The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and transferees of the Grantee.

 

9.                                        Term of Option .  The Option must be exercised no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice or such earlier date as otherwise provided herein.  After the Expiration Date or such earlier date, the Option shall be of no further force or effect and may not be exercised.

 

10.                                  Tax Consequences .  Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option Agreement of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.  THE GRANTEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

3



 

(a)                                   Exercise of Non-Qualified Stock Option .  On exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, the Grantee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.  If the Grantee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from the Grantee’s compensation or collect from the Grantee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)                                  Disposition of Shares .  In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, if Shares are held for more than one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

 

11.                                  Entire Agreement: Governing Law .  The Notice, the Plan, the Program and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.  Nothing in the Notice, the Plan, the Program and this Option Agreement (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties.  The Notice, the Plan, the Program and this Option Agreement are to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California to the rights and duties of the parties.  Should any provision of the Notice, the Plan, the Program or this Option Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

12.                                  Construction .  The captions used in the Notice and this Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of the Option for construction or interpretation.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.  Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

13.                                  Administration and Interpretation .  Any question or dispute regarding the administration or interpretation of the Notice, the Plan, the Program or this Option Agreement shall be submitted by the Grantee or by the Company to the Administrator.  The resolution of such question or dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

14.                                  Venue and Waiver of Jury Trial .  The Company, the Grantee, and the Grantee’s assignees pursuant to Section 8 (the “parties”) agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan, the Program or this Option Agreement shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California (or should such court lack jurisdiction to hear such action, suit or proceeding, in a California state court in the County of San Diego) and that the parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court.  The parties

 

4



 

irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court.  THE PARTIES ALSO EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY HAVE OR MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  If any one or more provisions of this Section 14 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

 

15.                                  Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown in these instruments, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other part.

 

END OF AGREEMENT

 

5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Digirad Corporation
13950 Stowe Drive
Poway, California 92064-8803

Attention: Secretary

 

1.                                        Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                             ,       the undersigned (the “Grantee”) hereby elects to exercise the Grantee’s option to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Digirad Corporation (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, the Company’s 2004 Non-Employee Director Option Program (the “Program”), as amended from time to time, and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and Notice of Non-qualified Stock Option Award (the “Notice”) dated                           ,               .  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan and the Program shall have the same defined meanings in this Exercise Notice.

 

2.                                        Representations of the Grantee .  The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has received, read and understood the Notice, the Plan, the Program and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.                                        Rights as Stockholder .  Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

 

4.                                        Delivery of Payment .  The Grantee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 4(d) of the Option Agreement.

 

5.                                        Tax Consultation .  The Grantee understands that the Grantee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Grantee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  The Grantee represents that the Grantee has consulted with any tax consultants the Grantee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Grantee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice

 

6.                                        Taxes .  The Grantee agrees to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations and herewith delivers to the Company the full amount of such obligations or has made arrangements acceptable to the Company to satisfy such obligations.

 

1



 

7.                                        Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  This Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Grantee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

8.                                        Construction .  The captions used in this Exercise Notice are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this agreement for construction or interpretation.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.  Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

9.                                        Administration and Interpretation .  The Grantee hereby agrees that any question or dispute regarding the administration or interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Grantee or by the Company to the Administrator.  The resolution of such question or dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

10.                                  Governing Law; Severability .  This Exercise Notice is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California to the rights and duties of the parties.  Should any provision of this Exercise Notice be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

11.                                  Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

12.                                  Further Instruments .  The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.

 

13.                                  Entire Agreement .  The Notice, the Plan, the Program, and the Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, and together with this Exercise Notice constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.  Nothing in the Notice, the Plan, the Program, the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties. 

 

2



 

Submitted by:

Accepted by:

 

 

GRANTEE:

DIGIRAD CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

Address :

 

 

 

 

13950 Stowe Drive

 

 

Poway, California 92064-8803

 

3


Exhibit 10.27

 

Summary of Named Executive Officers’ Compensation

 

 

 

                The following table sets forth the salary payments the named executive officers of Digirad Corporation (the “Company”) received during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Prior Fiscal Year”).  The named executive officers listed below are also eligible to receive cash bonuses in recognition for their service to the Company in the Prior Fiscal Year as well as grants of options under the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, all at the discretion of, and on terms determined by, the board of directors.  The determination of who constitutes the Company’s “named executive officers” for the Prior Fiscal Year is being made as of March 3, 2005 and may subsequently change, depending on the amount of any cash bonuses awarded by the board of directors to the Company’s officers with respect to services performed during the Prior Fiscal Year.

 

 

NAME

 

POSITION

 

SALARY PAYMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David M. Sheehan 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

$

 234,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vera P. Pardee

 

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

$

 192,912

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Herbert J. Belluci 

 

Senior Vice President of Operations

 

$

 185,754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Freire Lima

 

Vice President of Clinical Operations

 

$

184,473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Martin B. Shirley

 

Regional Vice President of Sales, East

 

$

 211,639

(1)

 


(1) Includes amounts earned as commissions by Mr. Shirley during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.28

 

 

Summary of Directors’ Compensation

 

                In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, Digirad Corporation (the “Company”) paid its directors $4,000 for attending in-person board meetings and $500 for attending board meetings telephonically.  In addition, the Company paid its directors $1,000 for attending in-person committee meetings and $500 for attending telephonic committee meetings.  Directors were also reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors and committees of the boards of directors.

 

                Pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Program, the Company’s non-employee directors who join the board of directors automatically receive grants of options to purchase 10,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, and the Company’s non-employee directors receive annual grants of 5,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  The Company’s directors are also eligible to participate in the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT 14.1

 

 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION

 

 

CODE

 

OF

 

BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

DIGIRAD’S CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

1

 

 

POLICY STATEMENT

1

 

 

APPROVALS AND WAIVERS

2

 

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

2

 

 

Service on Outside Boards of Directors

2

 

 

BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS

2

 

 

Customer Relationships

3

 

 

FAIR COMPETITION

3

 

 

GIFTS, GRATUITIES, ENTERTAINMENT AND OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

3

 

 

Gifts

4

 

 

Loans

4

 

 

Bribes and Kickbacks

4

 

 

DOING BUSINESS INTERNATIONALLY

5

 

 

Facilitating Payments to Low-Level Non-U.S. Governmental Employees and Officials for Non-Discretionary Action

5

 

 

GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING

6

 

 

POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND LOBBYING

6

 

 

ACCURACY OF REPORTS, RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS

7

 

 

GOVERNMENT INVESTIGATIONS

7

 

 

REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

8

 

 

INSIDER TRADING; COMMUNICATIONS WITH THIRD PARTIES

8

 

 

Insider Trading

8

 

 

Communications with the Media and the Financial Community

8

 

 

Confidential Information

9

 

 

OUR WORK ENVIRONMENT

9

 

 

ENVIRONMENTAL

9

 

 

COMPLIANCE AND REPORTING

9

 

 

Compliance

9

 

 

Reporting Procedures and Other Inquiries

9

 

i



 

Policy Prohibiting Unlawful Retaliation or Discrimination

10

 

 

The DIGIRAD Compliance Team:

10

 

ii



 

DIGIRAD CORPORATION’S CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

POLICY STATEMENT

 

It is the policy of Digirad Corporation (the “ Company ”) to conduct its affairs in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdictions in which it does business.  This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“ Code ”) applies to the Company’s employees, officers and non-employee directors, including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions (“ Designated Executives ”).  This Code is the Company’s “code of ethics” as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K.  This Code is designed to promote:

 

                                          honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

                                          full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in the reports and documents the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications made by the Company;

 

                                          compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

                                          the prompt internal reporting to the appropriate person of violations of this Code; and

 

                                          accountability for adherence to this Code.

 

Digirad Corporation has established standards for behavior that affects the Company, and employees, officers and directors must comply with those standards.  The Company promotes ethical behavior and encourages employees to talk to supervisors, managers, the Digirad Compliance Committee, or other appropriate personnel when in doubt about the best course of action in a particular situation.  Non-employee directors are encouraged to talk to the Chairman of the Audit Committee in such situations.  Anyone aware of a situation that he or she believes may violate or lead to a violation of this Code should follow the guidelines under “Compliance and Reporting” below.

 

The Code covers a wide range of business practices and procedures.  It does not cover every issue that may arise, but it sets out basic principles to guide you.  Specific Company policies and procedures provide details pertinent to many of the provisions of the Code, as well as to other issues.  Specifically, the Company has adopted a healthcare-related Compliance Plan for Digirad Imaging Solutions (the “Plan”), which addresses in detail a wide variety of statutes, rules and regulations pertaining to interactions with patients, physicians, hospitals, payors, suppliers and others. The Plan, and other pertinent policies and procedures, are not a part of the Code or incorporated herein. Although there can be no better course of action than to apply common sense and sound judgment, do not hesitate to use the resources available whenever it is necessary to seek clarification.

 

1



 

APPROVALS AND WAIVERS

 

Certain provisions of this Code require you to act, or refrain from acting, unless prior written approval is received from the appropriate person. Employees requesting approval pursuant to this Code should request such approval in writing from the Compliance Officer.  Approvals relating to executive officers and directors must be obtained in writing from the Company’s Board of Directors.  All other approvals may be granted by the Compliance Officer, or such officer’s designee.

 

Other provisions of this Code require you to act, or refrain from acting, in a particular manner and do not permit exceptions based on obtaining an approval.  Waiver of those provisions may only be granted in writing by the Company’s Board of Directors, and waivers relating to executive officers and directors must be promptly disclosed to shareholders.  Waivers will be granted only in extraordinary circumstances, and material changes in this Code may only be made by the Board of Directors and must be promptly disclosed to shareholders.

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

A conflict of interest arises when your personal interests interfere with your ability to act in the best interests of the Company.  Employees must discharge their responsibilities on the basis of what is in the best interest of the Company independent of personal consideration or relationships.  Non-employee directors must discharge their fiduciary duties as directors of the Company.

 

Employees should disclose any potential conflicts of interest to the Compliance Officer or such officer’s designees, who can advise the employee as to whether or not the Company believes a conflict of interest exists.  An employee should also disclose potential conflicts of interest involving the employee’s spouse, siblings, parents, in-laws, children and members of the employee’s household.  Non-employee directors may discuss any concerns with the Chair of the Audit Committee.

 

Service on Outside Boards of Directors

 

Serving as a director of another corporation may create a conflict of interest.  Employees must disclose such service to the Compliance Officer and obtain prior approval by the Board before serving on the board of another company, whether or not such company is a competitor of Digirad.

 

BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS

 

Digirad seeks to outperform its competition fairly and honestly.  The Company seeks competitive advantages through superior performance, not unethical or illegal business practices.  Each employee must endeavor to deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees and must not take advantage of them through abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any unfair-dealing practice.

 

2



 

Customer Relationships

 

Our customers are of the utmost importance to Digirad.  Digirad employees must always treat customers and potential customers according to the highest standards of business conduct.

 

It is Digirad’s policy to sell our products and services on their merits and to avoid making comments about the products and services of competitors that are not based on factual data.  Employees should be careful in this regard in commenting upon the character, financial condition, or potential legal or regulatory problems of competitors.

 

Employees should follow the following guidelines in selling our products and services:

 

                                          sell on the strength of our Company and our products and services;

 

                                          do not make claims about our products or services unless the claims have been approved by the Company;

 

                                          do not make claims about a competitor’s products or services unless the claims are based on the competitor’s current published materials or other factual data approved for selling purposes by Digirad; and

 

                                          if a potential customer has a contract with a competitor, or has placed a firm order with a competitor, do not try to convince the customer to breach that contract or order.

 

FAIR COMPETITION

 

Fair competition laws, including the U.S. antitrust rules, limit what Digirad can do with another company and what Digirad can do on its own.  Generally, the laws are designed to prohibit agreements or actions that reduce competition and harm consumers.  You may not enter into agreements or discussions with competitors that have the effect of fixing or controlling prices, dividing and allocating markets or territories, or boycotting suppliers or customers.  U.S. and foreign antitrust laws also apply to imports and exports.

 

GIFTS, GRATUITIES, ENTERTAINMENT AND OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

 

Use of Company funds or other Company property for illegal, unethical or otherwise improper purposes is prohibited.  You are prohibited from engaging, either directly or indirectly, in any corrupt or inappropriate business practice, including bribery, kickbacks, or payoffs, intended to induce, influence, or reward favorable decisions of any government personnel or representative or any patient, physician, or vendor, or any person in a position to benefit the Company in any way. No employee may make or offer to make any payment or provide any other thing of value to another person with the understanding or intention that such payment is to be used for an unlawful or improper purpose.

 

3



 

Gifts

 

Digirad employees and agents are prohibited from providing business entertainment and gifts that violate federal, state, or local law.  Cash gifts to physicians or other referral sources are absolutely prohibited. Non-cash gifts to physicians or other referral sources of nominal value (less than $100 and less than an aggregate of $300 per year) must be approved by the Board of Directors, except as follows: (a) routine business entertainment, such as an occasional meal out, or attendance at a sporting event, theater event or similar entertainment are permitted within the foregoing expenditure limits; and (b) routine holiday or birthday gifts of reasonable amounts, within the foregoing limits, are permitted.  Non-cash gifts to physicians or other referral sources of nominal value (in any case, less than $100 and less than an aggregate of $300 per year) must be approved by the Board of Directors, except only as expressly set forth in the Company’s Compliance Plan.

 

Although Digirad employees are not prevented from engaging in customer business travel, entertainment and industry-related activities, no Digirad employee or agent may solicit or accept a gift (including any payment, compensation, loan or other financial favor) to or from a person or organization with the intention of influencing the recipient’s business judgment or conduct.  It is never appropriate or permissible to accept or give cash or a cash equivalent from or to a vendor, supplier or customer outside the Company’s normal business.  Cash equivalents include, among other things, checks, money orders and vouchers.

 

Rules relating to U.S. and foreign government personnel are more stringent.  See “Doing Business Internationally” and “Government Contracting” below.

 

No employee may accept a customer, vendor or supplier discount for themselves unless it is generally available to the public or is approved and available to all Digirad employees.

 

Loans

 

Employees may not accept loans from any person or entities having or seeking business with the Company.  Designated Executives and directors may not receive loans from the Company, nor may the Company arrange for any loan.

 

Bribes and Kickbacks

 

The use of Company funds, facilities or property for any illegal or unethical purpose is strictly prohibited; provided, that certain facilitating payments discussed in “ Doing Business Internationally ” are permitted.

 

                                          You are not permitted to offer, give or cause others to give, any payments or anything of value for the purpose of influencing the recipient’s business judgment or conduct in dealing with the Company (other than facilitating payments as described under “Doing Business Internationally” below).

 

                                          You may not solicit or accept a kickback or bribe, in any form, for any reason.

 

4



 

DOING BUSINESS INTERNATIONALLY

 

Digirad is committed to the highest business conduct standards wherever it operates.  Digirad observes these standards worldwide, even at the risk of losing business.  While no one can anticipate all the situations that may present challenges to Digirad employees doing business in the worldwide marketplace, the following guidelines always apply:

 

                                          Observe all laws and regulations, both U.S. and non-U.S., that apply to business abroad.

 

                                          Paying bribes to government officials is absolutely prohibited, even if those bribes are common practice, except for facilitating payments as described under “Doing Business Internationally” below.  You may not give, promise to give or authorize the giving to a foreign official, a foreign political party, or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office any money or offer, gift, promise to give or authorize the giving of anything of value to influence any act or decision, to induce such official, party or candidate to do or omit to do any act in violation of the lawful duty of such official, party or candidate, or to induce such official, party or candidate to use his or her influence with a foreign government or agency to affect or influence any act or decision of such foreign government or agency.

 

                                          Do not cooperate with illegal boycotts.

 

                                          Observe all licensing requirements and the requirements of applicable import and export control laws.

 

                                          Do not enter into an agreement with an agent or consultant that relates to Digirad’s business outside the United States unless it has been approved by the Company.

 

The laws governing Digirad’s business in foreign countries are extensive and complex, and may be different from those in the United States.  No new Digirad services or products should be offered in any new country without prior approval, and then only in accordance with the applicable local country’s regulations and requirements.

 

Facilitating Payments to Low-Level Non-U.S. Governmental Employees and Officials for Non-Discretionary Action

 

Digirad is committed to complying with the laws of the countries where it operates.  In some countries, a very limited category of small payments to facilitate or expedite routine nondiscretionary governmental actions may be permitted as exceptions to antibribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”).  The requirements pertaining to such payments are complex.  Digirad employees engaged in international business activities must obtain prior approval from the Compliance Officer before making any such payment.

 

5



 

These “facilitating payments” to non-U.S. governmental officials are distinguished from payments made to influence a discretionary decision or to cause violation of, or an act in conflict with, the interests of an individual’s employer, which are strictly prohibited.

 

GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING

 

Detailed laws and regulations govern virtually every aspect of doing business with the U.S. government and its agencies.  Activities that might be permitted when working with the private sector may be improper or even illegal when a national or local government is the customer.

 

Digirad employees should seek to adhere to the highest standards of honesty and integrity in their relations with government officials and employees. For example, employees should observe the following principles when bidding or performing government contracts:

 

                                          Do not offer or provide meals, transportation, gifts or other consideration to government employees except as permitted under applicable law and Company policy.

 

                                          Obey the regulations governing current and post-government employee conflicts of interests.  Obtain all appropriate government approvals prior to recruiting or hiring current or former government employees.

 

                                          Obtain appropriate licenses prior to exporting or even discussing certain technologies with citizens of other countries.

 

                                          Obey any requirements that may restrict access to source selection or competitive information.

 

Digirad employees who deal with government representatives are responsible for knowing and obeying the laws and regulations applicable to doing business with the U.S. government.

 

POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND LOBBYING

 

No political contributions are to be made using Digirad funds or assets, or the funds or assets of any Digirad subsidiary, to any political party, political campaign, political candidate or public official in the United States or any foreign country, unless the contribution is lawful and expressly authorized in writing.  In addition, you may not make a political contribution on behalf of Digirad or its subsidiaries, or with the appearance that such contribution is being made on behalf of Digirad or its subsidiaries, unless expressly authorized in writing.  A “contribution” is any direct or indirect payment, distribution, loan, advance, deposit, or gift of money, services or anything of value in connection with an election or to an organization or group formed to support or defend a referendum or ballot issue.

 

Nothing in this Code is intended to discourage you from making contributions of your own time or funds to political parties or candidates of your choice.  However, you will not be compensated or reimbursed by Digirad for any personal contributions.

 

6



 

Employees must obtain prior approval to hire outside counsel or a public affairs firm to contact government officials regarding legislation, regulatory policy, or rule making.  This includes grassroots lobbying contacts.

 

ACCURACY OF REPORTS, RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS

 

You are responsible for the accuracy of your records, time sheets and reports.  Accurate information is essential to Digirad’s ability to meet legal and regulatory obligations and to compete effectively.  The records and books of account of Digirad must meet the highest standards and accurately reflect the true nature of the transactions they record.  Destruction of any records, books of account or other documents except in accordance with Digirad’s document retention policy is strictly prohibited.

 

You must not create false or misleading documents or accounting, financial or electronic records for any purpose relating to Digirad, and no one may direct an employee to do so.  For example, expense reports must accurately document expenses actually incurred in accordance with Digirad policies.  You must not obtain or create “false” invoices or other misleading documentation or invent or use fictitious entities, sales, purchases, services, loans or other financial arrangements for any purpose relating to Digirad.  Employees are also responsible for accurately reporting time worked.

 

No undisclosed or unrecorded account or fund may be established for any purpose.  No false or misleading entries may be made in the Company’s books or records for any reason.  No disbursement of corporate funds or other corporate property may be made without adequate supporting documentation or for any purpose other than as described in the documents.  All employees must comply with generally accepted accounting principles and the Company’s internal controls at all times.

 

GOVERNMENT INVESTIGATIONS

 

You must promptly notify counsel of any government investigation or inquiries from government agencies concerning Digirad.  You may not destroy any record, books of account, or other documents relating to Digirad except in accordance with the Company’s document retention policy.  If you are aware of a government investigation or inquiry you may not destroy any record, books of account, or other documents relating to Digirad unless advised by the Compliance Officer or the officer’s designee, that you may continue to follow the Company’s normal document retention policy.

 

You must not obstruct the collection of information, data or records relating to Digirad.  The Company provides information to the government that it is entitled to during an inspection, investigation, or request for information.  You must not lie to government investigators or make misleading statements in any investigation relating to Digirad.  You must not attempt to cause any employee to fail to provide accurate information to government investigators.

 

7



 

REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

 

The Company operates in a highly regulated environment.  The agencies that regulate its business include the Food and Drug Administration, the Federal Trade Commission, the Department of Health and Human Services office of Inspector General, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, plus many other federal, state and local agencies.  The Company and its employees must comply with the regulatory requirements of these agencies.  Employees are expected to take an active role by being knowledgeable about all applicable laws and regulations, attending trainings and requesting information.  Employees are required to immediately report regulatory violations, suspected regulatory violations, or potentially harmful or dangerous conditions to a supervisor or the Compliance Officer.

 

INSIDER TRADING; COMMUNICATIONS WITH THIRD PARTIES

 

Employees, officers and directors who have access to the Company’s confidential information are not permitted to use or share that information for stock trading purposes or for any other purpose except the conduct of our business.  The Company also has adopted an Insider Trading Policy to address these issues.

 

Insider Trading

 

Inside information is material information about a publicly traded company that is not known by the public.  Information is deemed “material” if it could affect the market price of a security or if a reasonable investor would attach importance to the information in deciding whether to buy, sell or hold a security.  Inside information typically relates to financial conditions, such as progress toward achieving revenue and earnings targets or projections of future earnings or losses of the Company.  Inside information also includes changes in strategy regarding a proposed merger, acquisition or tender offer, new products or services, contract awards and other similar information.  Inside information is not limited to information about Digirad.  It also includes material non-public information about others, including the Company’s customers, suppliers, and competitors.

 

Insider trading is prohibited by law.  It occurs when an individual with material, non-public information trades securities or communicates such information to others who trade.  The person who trades or “tips” information violates the law if he or she has a duty or relationship of trust and confidence not to use the information.

 

Trading or helping others trade while aware of inside information has serious legal consequences, even if the Insider does not receive any personal financial benefit.  Insiders may also have an obligation to take appropriate steps to prevent insider trading by others.

 

Communications with the Media and the Financial Community

 

Digirad communicates with the press and with the financial community through official channels only.  The Company provides accurate information about its business to investors, the media, and the general public.  All inquiries received from financial analysts or the media concerning Digirad should be directed to the Chief Financial Officer or, in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer.  All legal inquiries concerning Digirad should be referred to the

 

8



 

General Counsel.  All inquiries regarding current or former employees of Digirad should be referred to the Human Resources Department.

 

Confidential Information

 

You must maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to you by the Company or its customers, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated.  Confidential information includes all non-public information, including information that might be of use to competitors or harmful to the Company or its customers if disclosed.

 

OUR WORK ENVIRONMENT

 

The diversity of the Company’s employees is a tremendous asset.  Digirad is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment.  In addition, the Company strives to provide each employee with a safe and healthy work environment.  Each employee has responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for all employees by following health and safety rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions.

 

ENVIRONMENTAL

 

Digirad must fully comply with all state and federal laws relating to the protection of the environment in the conduct of its business.  Employees must use, store and dispose all hazardous materials properly and in accordance with applicable regulations.  Employees must report, in accordance with Company policies, all circumstances under which hazardous materials or wastes come in contact with the environment under unsafe circumstances, are improperly handled or disposed of, or where a potential violation of law may exist.

 

COMPLIANCE AND REPORTING

 

Compliance

 

Any employee who violates the provisions of this Code will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination.  Willful disregard of criminal statutes underlying this Code may require the Company to refer such violation for criminal prosecution or civil action.

 

Reporting Procedures and Other Inquiries

 

Questions regarding the policies in this Code should first be directed to your immediate supervisor.  If you do not feel comfortable about discussing your concerns with your supervisor, or if your supervisor instructs you, complete a “Report of Violation or Suspected Violation” form or call the Compliance Hotline.  If the problem warrants immediate attention, discuss it with the Compliance Officer.  If you do not feel comfortable about discussing it with the Compliance Officer, call the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

If you have concerns relating to Digirad’s accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, you may also confidentially, and anonymously if you desire, call the Compliance Hotline.  When submitting concerns, you are asked to provide as much detailed information as

 

9



 

possible.  Providing detailed, rather than general, information will assist us in effectively investigating complaints.  This is particularly important when you submit a complaint on an anonymous basis, since we will be unable to contact you with requests for additional information or clarification.

 

We are providing these anonymous reporting procedures so that you may disclose genuine concerns without feeling threatened.  Employees who choose to identify themselves when submitting a report may be contacted in order to gain additional information.

 

All conversations, calls and reports made under this policy in good faith will be taken seriously.  Any allegations that are knowingly false or without a reasonable belief in the truth and accuracy of such information will be viewed as a serious disciplinary offense.

 

Policy Prohibiting Unlawful Retaliation or Discrimination

 

Neither the Company nor any of its employees may discharge, demote, suspend, threaten, harass or in any manner discriminate against any employee in the terms and conditions of employment based upon any lawful actions of such employee who in good faith:

 

                                          provides information or assists in an investigation regarding any conduct which the employee reasonably believes constitutes a violation of Fraud Laws (as defined below); or

 

                                          files, testifies, participates or otherwise assists in a proceeding that is filed or about to be filed (with any knowledge of the Company) relating to an alleged violation of a Fraud Law.

 

This policy applies in any instance where such information or assistance provided to, or the investigation is conducted by, a federal regulatory or law enforcement agency, any member or committee of Congress, or any person with supervisory authority over the employee or the authority to investigate misconduct relating to potential securities violations by the Company or its employees.  For purposes of this policy, a “Fraud Law” is a violation of federal criminal law involving:

 

                                          securities fraud, mail fraud, bank fraud or wire, radio or television fraud;

 

                                          violations of SEC rules or regulations; or

 

                                          violations of any federal law relating to fraud against shareholders.

 

The Digirad Compliance Team:

 

The Chairman of the Compliance Committee is the Chief Executive Officer, and the Compliance Officer is the General Counsel.  You can contact the Digirad Compliance Committee by calling the hotline number at (888) 734-1770, or e-mailing Digirad@hotlines.com.

 

This document is not an employment contract between Digirad and its employees, nor does it modify their employment relationship with the Company.

 

10



 

This Code is intended to clarify your existing obligation for proper conduct.  The standards and the supporting policies and procedures may change from time to time in the Company’s discretion.  You are responsible for knowing and complying with the current laws, regulations, standards, policies and procedures that apply to the Company’s work.  The most current version of this document can be found at the Company’s website.

 

11



 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

I acknowledge that I have received and read a copy of Digirad’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) .  I understand that I am responsible for knowing and complying with the policies set forth in the Code during my employment with the Company.

 

I also acknowledge my responsibility to report any violation of this Code or of the Compliance Plan to my supervisor or to a member of the Compliance Committee.

 

I further understand that the policies contained in the Code are not intended to create any contractual rights or obligations, express or implied.  I also understand that, consistent with applicable law, the Company has the right to amend, interpret, modify or withdraw any of the provisions of the Code at any time in its sole discretion, with or without notice.

 

I understand and agree that my relationship with the Company is “at-will,” which means that my employment is for no definite period and may be terminated by me or by the Company at any time and for any reason, with or without cause or advance notice.  I also understand that the Company may demote or discipline me, or otherwise alter the terms of my employment, at any time with or without cause or advance notice.

 

Finally, I understand and agree that the terms of this Acknowledgement, and my at-will relationship with the Company, may not be modified or superseded except by a written agreement signed by the Chief Executive Officer; that no other employee or representative of the Company has the authority to enter into any such agreement; and that any agreement inconsistent with this Acknowledgement or agreeing to employ me for a specified term will be unenforceable unless in writing and signed by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Employee Name:

 

(please print)

 

 

 

 

Signature

Date

 

 

Title:

 

Dept.:

 

 

Please return this completed form to the Human Resources Department within one week from the date of your review of these documents.  Thank you!

 

12


EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP,

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-116345) pertaining to the Digirad Corporation 1991 Stock Option Program, the Digirad Corporation 1997 Stock Option/ Stock Issuance Plan, the Digirad Corporation 1998 Stock Option/ Stock Issuance Plan and the Digirad Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of our report dated February 16, 2005, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Digirad Corporation included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

 

San Diego, California

March  1, 2005

 


EXHIBIT 31.1

 

 

 

CERTIFICATION OF

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, David M. Sheehan, certify that:

1.

 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Digirad Corporation;

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a  material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

 

 

a)

 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

 

b)

 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

 

 

c)

 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

 

5.

 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a)

 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

 

 

b)

 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

/s/    DAVID M. SHEEHAN

 

 

 

David M. Sheehan

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

March  3, 2005

 


EXHIBIT 31.2

 

 

 

CERTIFICATION OF

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Todd P. Clyde, certify that:

1.

 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Digirad Corporation;

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a  material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

 

 

a)

 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

 

b)

 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

 

 

c)

 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

 

5.

 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

 

 

 

a)

 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

 

 

b)

 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

/s/    TODD P. CLYDE

 

 

 

Todd P. Clyde

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

March 3, 2005

 


EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

(SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

 

 

                In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of Digirad Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, I, David M. Sheehan, Chief Executive Officer of Digirad Corporation, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1)

 

such Annual Report on Form 10-K of Digirad Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)

 

the information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K of Digirad Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Digirad Corporation at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

                This certification has not been, and shall not be deemed, “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Date: March 3, 2005

/s/ David M. Sheehan

 

David M. Sheehan

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 


EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

(SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

 

 

                In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of Digirad Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, I, Todd P. Clyde, Chief Financial Officer of Digirad Corporation, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

(1)                       such Annual Report on Form 10-K of Digirad Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2)                       the information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K of Digirad Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Digirad Corporation at the dates and for the periods indicated.

                This certification has not been, and shall not be deemed, “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Date: March 3, 2005

/s/ Todd P. Clyde

 

Todd P. Clyde

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)